Pricing Supplement No. Preliminary Pricing Supplement - Subject to Completion (To Prospectus dated April 20, 2009 and Series L Prospectus Supplement dated April 21, 2009) August 4, 2009 |
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2) Registration No. 333-158663 |
This pricing supplement, which is not complete and may be changed, relates to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933. This pricing supplement is not an offer to sell these notes in any country or jurisdiction where such an offer would not be permitted.
$
95% Principal Protected Step Up Notes Linked to a BRIC Currency Basket, due August , 2011
| The notes are our unsecured senior debt securities. Payment of the Redemption Amount (as defined below) at maturity is subject to our credit risk. The notes are linked to a BRIC Currency Basket, which tracks the value of an equally weighted investment in the Brazilian real, Russian ruble, Indian rupee, and Chinese renminbi (yuan) relative to the U.S. dollar. We will not pay interest on the notes. |
| The notes are designed for investors who anticipate that the value of the BRIC Currency Basket will increase over the term of the notes. Investors must be willing to lose up to 5% of the Original Offering Price (as defined below) of the notes and forgo interest payments. |
| At maturity, you will receive a cash payment per unit of the notes (the Redemption Amount) based upon the direction of and percentage change from the Starting Value to the Ending Value (each, as defined below) of the BRIC Currency Basket. The Redemption Amount per unit of the notes will be determined as follows: |
| If the Ending Value is less than the Starting Value, then the Redemption Amount will equal the greater of (a) the Minimum Redemption Amount (as defined below) and (b) the sum of (i) the Original Offering Price and (ii) the Original Offering Price multiplied by the Basket Performance (as defined below). |
| If the Ending Value is equal to or greater than the Starting Value but equal to or less than the Threshold Value (as defined below), then the Redemption Amount will equal the sum of the Original Offering Price and the Threshold Amount (as defined below). |
| If the Ending Value is greater than the Threshold Value, then the Redemption Amount will equal the sum of (i) the Original Offering Price and (ii) the Original Offering Price multiplied by the Basket Performance. |
| The Starting Value will be set to 100.00 on the date the notes are priced for initial sale to the public (the pricing date). The Ending Value will be the value of the BRIC Currency Basket on a calculation day shortly before the maturity date of the notes, determined as described in this pricing supplement. The Threshold Value will be determined on the pricing date and will be between 111.00 and 117.00 (11.00% to 17.00% above the Starting Value). |
| The notes will be issued in denominations of whole units. Each unit will have a principal amount of $10.00 and an Original Offering Price per unit of $10.00. The Minimum Redemption Amount per unit of the notes is $9.50. |
| The Basket Performance is the percentage change in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket from the Starting Value to the Ending Value, determined as described in this pricing supplement. |
| The Threshold Amount will be determined on the pricing date and will be between $1.10 to $1.70 per unit of the notes, representing a return of 11.00% to 17.00% above the Original Offering Price. If the Ending Value is greater than the Starting Value, your return on the notes will equal or exceed the return represented by the Threshold Amount. |
| The notes will mature on August , 2011. |
| The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange. |
| In connection with this offering, each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (MLPF&S) and its broker-dealer affiliate First Republic Securities Company, LLC (First Republic) is acting in its capacity as principal for your account. |
| The CUSIP number for the notes is . |
Per Unit |
Total | |||
Public offering price (1) |
$10.000 | $ | ||
Selling discount (1) |
$ 0.175 | $ | ||
Proceeds (before expenses) |
$ 9.825 | $ |
(1) The public offering price and selling discount for any purchase of 500,000 units or more in a single transaction by an individual investor will be $9.950 per unit and $0.125 per unit, respectively.
Our notes are unsecured and are not savings accounts, deposits, or other obligations of a bank. Our notes are not guaranteed by Bank of America, N.A. (BANA) or any other bank, are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) or any other governmental agency and involve investment risks. The notes are not guaranteed under the FDICs Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Potential purchasers of the notes should consider the information in Risk Factors beginning on page PS-13.
None of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), any state securities commission, or any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these notes or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this pricing supplement, the accompanying prospectus supplement, or the accompanying prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The notes:
Are Not FDIC Insured
|
Are Not Bank Guaranteed
|
May Lose Value
|
We will deliver the notes in book-entry form only through The Depository Trust Company on or about August , 2009 against payment in immediately available funds.
Depending on the pricing date, which may be in August or September 2009, the settlement date of the notes may occur in August or September 2009 and the maturity date may occur in August or September 2011. Any reference in this pricing supplement to the month in which the pricing date, settlement date, or maturity date will occur is subject to change as specified above.
Merrill Lynch & Co. | Banc of America Investment Services, Inc. |
Page | ||
PS-3 | ||
PS-13 | ||
PS-20 | ||
PS-21 | ||
PS-26 | ||
PS-32 | ||
PS-33 | ||
PS-40 |
PS-2
This summary includes questions and answers that highlight selected information from this pricing supplement and the accompanying prospectus supplement and prospectus to help you understand these notes. You should read carefully the entire pricing supplement, prospectus supplement, and prospectus to understand fully the terms of the notes, as well as the tax and other considerations important to you in making a decision about whether to invest in the notes. In particular, you should review carefully the section in this pricing supplement entitled Risk Factors, which highlights a number of risks, to determine whether an investment in the notes is appropriate for you. If information in this pricing supplement is inconsistent with the prospectus supplement or prospectus, this pricing supplement will supersede those documents.
Certain capitalized terms used and not defined in this pricing supplement have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus supplement and prospectus.
In light of the complexity of the transaction described in this pricing supplement, you are urged to consult with your own attorneys and business and tax advisors before making a decision to purchase any of the notes.
The information in this Summary section is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed explanation set forth elsewhere in this pricing supplement and the accompanying prospectus supplement and prospectus. You should rely only on the information contained in this pricing supplement and the accompanying prospectus supplement and the prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we nor any of the selling agents is making an offer to sell these notes in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this pricing supplement, the accompanying prospectus supplement, and prospectus is accurate only as of the date on their respective front covers.
Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this document to we, us, our, or similar references are to Bank of America Corporation.
What are the notes?
The notes are senior unsecured debt securities issued by Bank of America Corporation, and are not guaranteed or insured by the FDIC or secured by collateral. The notes will rank equally with all of our other unsecured senior indebtedness from time to time outstanding, and payment of the Redemption Amount at maturity is subject to our credit risk. The notes will mature on August , 2011. We cannot redeem the notes at any earlier date. We will not make any payments on the notes until maturity.
The notes differ from traditional debt securities in that their return is linked to an BRIC Currency Basket, which tracks the value of an equally weighted investment in the Brazilian real, Russian ruble, Indian rupee, and Chinese renminbi (yuan) (each, an underlying currency), based on the exchange rate for each underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Investors who purchase the notes should be of the view that the value of the BRIC Currency Basket will increase over the term of the notes. If the Ending Value is greater than the Starting Value, your return on the notes will equal or exceed the return represented by the Threshold Amount. Investors must be willing to forgo interest payments on the notes and must be willing to accept a Redemption Amount at maturity that is up to 5% less than the Original Offering Price if the Ending Value is less than the Starting Value.
PS-3
Is it possible for you to lose some of your investment in the notes?
Yes. You may lose up to 5% of your investment if the Ending Value is less than the Starting Value, as described more fully below. In addition, all payments on the notes are subject to our credit risk. Further, if you sell the notes prior to maturity, you may find that the market value per note is less than the $10.00 Original Offering Price.
What is the BRIC Currency Basket?
The BRIC Currency Basket tracks the value of an equally weighted investment in the Brazilian real, Russian ruble, Indian rupee, and Chinese renminbi (yuan), based on the exchange rate for each underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar, as described in more detail below.
The exchange rate for each underlying currency is expressed as the number of units of the applicable underlying currency for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged. Accordingly, an increase in the applicable exchange rate means that the value of the relevant underlying currency has decreased against the U.S. dollar and a decrease in the applicable exchange rate means that the value of the relevant underlying currency has increased against the U.S. dollar.
Investors should be of the view that the values of the underlying currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will appreciate over the term of the notes (i.e., the exchange rates of the underlying currencies will decrease relative to the U.S. dollar from their Initial Exchange Rates (as defined below) to their Final Exchange Rates (as defined below)).
How will the Redemption Amount be calculated?
On the maturity date, subject to our credit risk as issuer of the notes, you will receive a cash payment per unit equal to the Redemption Amount. The Redemption Amount will be denominated in U.S. dollars and calculated as follows:
$10.00 + | (
|
$10.00 x | (
|
Ending Value - Starting Value | )
|
)
|
||||||||||
Starting Value |
(The Redemption Amount cannot be less than the Minimum Redemption Amount of $9.50 per unit.)
PS-4
If the Basket Performance is less than zero, you will receive a Redemption Amount per unit that is less than the Original Offering Price. However, in no case will the Redemption Amount be less than the Minimum Redemption Amount per unit of $9.50.
The Basket Performance is the percentage change in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket from the Starting Value to the Ending Value and will equal:
Ending Value - Starting Value | ||||
Starting Value |
The Threshold Value will be determined on the pricing date and will be between 111.00 and 117.00 (11.00% to 17.00% above the Starting Value).
The Threshold Amount will be determined on the pricing date, and will be an amount between $1.10 and $1.70, representing a return of 11.00% to 17.00% above the Original Offering Price.
How will the Starting Value and the Ending Value be determined?
The Starting Value of the BRIC Currency Basket will be set to 100.00 on the pricing date.
The Ending Value will equal the value of the BRIC Currency Basket on the calculation day. The calculation day will be determined on the pricing date and will be the fifth scheduled business day (as defined below) immediately prior to the maturity date. If it is determined that the scheduled calculation day is not a business day, the Ending Value will be determined as more fully described in Description of the NotesThe Starting Value and the Ending Value below.
The value of the BRIC Currency Basket on the calculation day will equal: 100 + 100 × (the sum of the Weighted Return for each exchange rate), rounded to two decimal places. The calculation agent will determine the Weighted Return for each exchange rate as follows:
Brazilian real: |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate | ||||||||||
Russian ruble: |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate | ||||||||||
Indian rupee: |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate | ||||||||||
Chinese renminbi (yuan): |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate |
The Exchange Rate Weighting is 25.00% for each underlying currency, reflecting an equal weighting for each of them in the BRIC Currency Basket. The weighting of each underlying currency is fixed and will not change during the term of the notes.
The formulas above will result in the Weighted Return for an exchange rate being positive when the underlying currency appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar and being negative
PS-5
when that underlying currency depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar. Assuming the exchange rates for each other underlying currency remain the same, any appreciation of an underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar will result in an increase in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket, while any depreciation of an underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar will result in a decrease in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket.
The underlying currencies comprising the BRIC Currency Basket will not change during the term of the notes except as described in Description of the NotesDiscontinuance of the U.S. Dollar or an Underlying Currency below.
What are the Initial Exchange Rate and the Final Exchange Rate?
The Initial Exchange Rate for each underlying currency will be the exchange rate for that underlying currency determined on the pricing date and will be set forth in the final pricing supplement made available in connection with the sales of the notes. The Final Exchange Rate for each underlying currency will be the exchange rate for that underlying currency determined on the calculation day.
How will the exchange rate for each underlying currency be determined?
For each underlying currency, the exchange rate will be determined by the calculation agent as follows:
| Brazilian real: the number of Brazilian reais for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters Group PLC (Reuters) on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
| Russian ruble: the number of Russian rubles for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
| Indian rupee: the number of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, under USD, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
| Chinese renminbi (yuan): the number of Chinese renminbi (yuan) for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
Please see the section Description of the NotesThe Starting Value and the Ending Value for additional information, including how an exchange rate will be determined on the pricing date or the calculation day if it is not so quoted on the applicable page indicated above.
PS-6
Hypothetical Redemption Amounts
Set forth below are four examples of the calculation of the Redemption Amount (rounded to two decimal places), payable at maturity, based upon the Starting Value of 100.00, the Minimum Redemption Amount of $9.50 per unit, a hypothetical Threshold Value of 114.00 (the midpoint of the Threshold Value range of 111.00 to 117.00), and a hypothetical Threshold Amount of $1.40 per unit (the midpoint of the Threshold Amount range of $1.10 to $1.70).
Example 1The hypothetical Ending Value is equal to 50.00:
$10.00 + | (
|
$10.00 x | (
|
50.00 - 100.00 | )
|
)
|
= $5.00 | |||||||||||
100.00 |
Hypothetical Redemption Amount (per unit) = $9.50 (The Redemption Amount cannot be less than the Minimum Redemption Amount.)
Example 2The hypothetical Ending Value is equal to 98.00:
$10.00 + | (
|
$10.00 x | (
|
98.00 - 100.00 | )
|
)
|
= $9.80 | |||||||||||
100.00 |
Hypothetical Redemption Amount (per unit) = $9.80
Example 3The hypothetical Ending Value is equal to 105.00:
$10.00 + $1.40 = $11.40
In this case, because the hypothetical Ending Value is greater than the Starting Value but less than or equal to the hypothetical Threshold Value, the hypothetical Redemption Amount (per unit) will equal $11.40, which is the sum of the Original Offering Price of $10.00 and the hypothetical Threshold Amount of $1.40.
Example 4The hypothetical Ending Value is equal to 130.00:
$10.00 + | (
|
$10.00 x | (
|
130.00 - 100.00 | )
|
)
|
= $13.00 | |||||||||||
100.00 |
In this case, because the hypothetical Ending Value is greater than the hypothetical Threshold Value, the hypothetical Redemption Amount (per unit) will equal $13.00
The actual Redemption Amount will be based upon the actual Ending Value, Threshold Value, and Threshold Amount. The actual Threshold Value and Threshold Amount will be determined on the pricing date. The actual Ending Value will be determined by the calculation agent on the calculation day.
PS-7
Hypothetical Returns
The following table illustrates, for the Starting Value of 100.00, the Minimum Redemption Amount (per unit) of $9.50, a hypothetical Threshold Value of 114.00 (the midpoint of the Threshold Value range of 111.00 to 117.00), a hypothetical Threshold Amount of $1.40 per unit (the midpoint of the Threshold Amount range of $1.10 to $1.70), and a range of hypothetical Ending Values:
| the percentage change from the Starting Value to the hypothetical Ending Value; |
| the hypothetical Redemption Amount per unit of the notes; |
| the total rate of return to holders of the notes; and |
| the pretax annualized rate of return to holders of the notes. |
Hypothetical Ending Value |
Percentage Change from the Starting Value to the |
Hypothetical |
Total Rate of Return on the Notes |
Pretax Annualized Rate of Return on the Notes (1) | ||||
50.00 |
-50.00% | $9.50 | -5.00% | -2.54% | ||||
60.00 |
-40.00% | $9.50 | -5.00% | -2.54% | ||||
70.00 |
-30.00% | $9.50 | -5.00% | -2.54% | ||||
80.00 |
-20.00% | $9.50 | -5.00% | -2.54% | ||||
90.00 |
-10.00% | $9.50 | -5.00% | -2.54% | ||||
95.00 |
-5.00% | $9.50(2) | -5.00% | -2.54% | ||||
98.00 |
-2.00% | $9.80 | -2.00% | -1.00% | ||||
99.00 |
-1.00% | $9.90 | -1.00% | -0.50% | ||||
100.00(3) |
0.00% | $11.40 | 14.00% | 6.64% | ||||
101.00 |
1.00% | $11.40 | 14.00% | 6.64% | ||||
102.00 |
2.00% | $11.40 | 14.00% | 6.64% | ||||
103.00 |
3.00% | $11.40 | 14.00% | 6.64% | ||||
105.00 |
5.00% | $11.40 | 14.00% | 6.64% | ||||
110.00 |
10.00% | $11.40 | 14.00% | 6.64% | ||||
114.00(4) |
14.00% | $11.40 | 14.00% | 6.64% | ||||
115.00 |
15.00% | $11.50 | 15.00% | 7.09% | ||||
116.00 |
16.00% | $11.60 | 16.00% | 7.54% | ||||
120.00 |
20.00% | $12.00 | 20.00% | 9.30% | ||||
130.00 |
30.00% | $13.00 | 30.00% | 13.52% | ||||
140.00 |
40.00% | $14.00 | 40.00% | 17.50% | ||||
150.00 |
50.00% | $15.00 | 50.00% | 21.27% |
(1) | The annualized rates of return specified in this column are calculated on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis, and assume an investment term from July 31, 2009 to August 2, 2011, a term expected to be similar to that of the notes. |
(2) | The Redemption Amount will not be less than the Minimum Redemption Amount of $9.50 per unit of the notes. |
(3) | The Starting Value of the BRIC Currency Basket will be set to 100.00 on the pricing date. |
(4) | This is the hypothetical Threshold Value. The actual Threshold Value will be determined on the pricing date and will be between 111.00% and 117.00% of the Starting Value. |
The above figures are for purposes of illustration only. The actual Redemption Amount and the resulting total and pretax annualized rates of return will depend on the actual Ending Value, Threshold Value, Threshold Amount, and the term of your investment.
PS-8
Hypothetical Calculations of the Weighted Returns and the Ending Value
Set forth below are two examples of hypothetical Weighted Return and hypothetical Ending Value calculations (rounded to two decimal places) based on hypothetical Initial Exchange Rates (the exchange rates for the underlying currencies as of July 29, 2009 as reported by Bloomberg L.P.) and assuming hypothetical Final Exchange Rates for the underlying currencies as follows:
Example 1:
Underlying Currency |
Exchange Rate Weighting |
Hypothetical Initial Exchange Rate |
Hypothetical Final Exchange Rate | ||||
Brazilian real |
25.00 | % | 1.8935 | 3.7870 | |||
Russian ruble |
25.00 | % | 31.5700 | 25.5717 | |||
Indian rupee |
25.00 | % | 48.4200 | 72.6300 | |||
Chinese renminbi (yuan) |
25.00 | % | 6.8314 | 10.2471 |
The hypothetical Weighted Return for each exchange rate, rounded to two decimal places, is determined as follows:
Brazilian real: |
25.00% x | (
|
1.8935 - 3.7870 | )
|
= -12.50%
| |||||||
3.7870 | ||||||||||||
Russian ruble: |
25.00% x | (
|
31.5700 - 25.5717 | )
|
= 5.86%
| |||||||
25.5717 | ||||||||||||
Indian rupee: |
25.00% x | (
|
48.4200 - 72.6300 | )
|
= -8.33%
| |||||||
72.6300 | ||||||||||||
Chinese renminbi (yuan): |
25.00% x | (
|
6.8314 - 10.2471 | )
|
= -8.33%
| |||||||
10.2471 |
The hypothetical Ending Value would be 76.70, determined as follows:
100 + 100 x (sum of the Weighted Return for each exchange rate), rounded to two decimal places
100 + 100 x (-12.50 + 5.86 + -8.33 + -8.33)%
100 + 100 x (-23.30%) = 76.70
As a result, the hypothetical Redemption Amount per unit would be $9.50, determined as follows:
$10.00 + | (
|
$10.00 x | (
|
76.70 - 100.00 | )
|
)
|
= $7.67 | |||||||||||
100.00 |
The Redemption Amount per unit cannot be less than the Minimum Redemption Amount of $9.50.
PS-9
Example 2:
Underlying Currency |
Exchange Rate Weighting |
Hypothetical Initial Exchange Rate |
Hypothetical Final Exchange Rate | ||||
Brazilian real |
25.00 | % | 1.8935 | 2.8403 | |||
Russian ruble |
25.00 | % | 31.5700 | 22.0990 | |||
Indian rupee |
25.00 | % | 48.4200 | 50.8410 | |||
Chinese renminbi (yuan) |
25.00 | % | 6.8314 | 5.1236 |
The hypothetical Weighted Return for each exchange rate, rounded to two decimal places, is determined as follows:
Brazilian real: |
25.00% x | (
|
1.8935 - 2.8403 | )
|
= -8.33%
| |||||||
2.8403 | ||||||||||||
Russian ruble: |
25.00% x | (
|
31.5700 - 22.0990 | )
|
= 10.71%
| |||||||
22.0990 | ||||||||||||
Indian rupee: |
25.00% x | (
|
48.4200 - 50.8410 | )
|
= -1.19%
| |||||||
50.8410 | ||||||||||||
Chinese renminbi (yuan): |
25.00% x | (
|
6.8314 - 5.1236 | )
|
= 8.33%
| |||||||
5.1236 |
The hypothetical Ending Value would be 109.52, determined as follows:
100 + 100 x (sum of the Weighted Return for each exchange rate), rounded to two decimal places
100 + 100 x (-8.33 + 10.71 + -1.19 + 8.33)%
100 + 100 x (9.52%) = 109.52
As a result, based on a hypothetical Threshold Value of 114.00 (the midpoint of the Threshold Value range of 111.00 to 117.00) and a hypothetical Threshold Amount of $1.40 (the midpoint of the Threshold Amount range of $1.10 to $1.70), the hypothetical Redemption Amount per unit would be $11.40, determined as follows:
$10.00 + $1.40 = $11.40
PS-10
Who will determine the Redemption Amount?
The calculation agent will make all determinations associated with the notes, such as determining the Initial Exchange Rates, the Final Exchange Rates, the Ending Value, the Basket Performance, and the Redemption Amount. Merrill Lynch Capital Services, Inc. (MLCS), one of our subsidiaries, will act as calculation agent for the notes. See the section entitled Description of the NotesRole of the Calculation Agent.
Will you have the right to receive any of the underlying currencies?
No. You will have no right to receive any of the underlying currencies as a result of your investment in the notes. The Redemption Amount is payable solely in U.S. dollars.
How have the underlying currencies performed historically?
We have included tables setting forth the high and low daily exchange rates for each underlying currency for the calendar quarters from January 2004 through July 29, 2009 in the section entitled The BRIC Currency Basket in this pricing supplement. We have provided this historical information to help you evaluate the performance of the underlying currencies in various economic environments; however, these exchange rates should not be taken as an indication of the future performance of any of the underlying currencies or the BRIC Currency Basket, or as an indication of whether, or to what extent, the Ending Value will be greater than the Starting Value.
Who are the selling agents for the notes?
Our affiliates, MLPF&S, First Republic, and Banc of America Investment Services, Inc. (BAI) are acting as our selling agents in connection with this offering and will be compensated based on the total principal amount of notes sold. In this capacity, none of the selling agents is your fiduciary or advisor, and you should not rely upon any communication from them in connection with the notes as investment advice or a recommendation to purchase the notes. You should make your own investment decision regarding the notes after consulting with your legal, tax, and other advisors.
How are the notes treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes?
We intend to treat the notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes as debt instruments that provide for contingent interest. As a result, the notes are considered to be issued with original issue discount, or OID. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding all aspects of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of investing in the notes. See the section entitled U.S. Federal Income Tax SummaryTax Characterization of the Notes.
You will be required to pay taxes on the notes over their term based upon a comparable yield for the notes, even though you will not receive any payments until maturity. We have determined this comparable yield in accordance with regulations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, solely in order for you to determine the amount of taxes that you will owe each year as a result of your ownership of the notes. This comparable yield is neither a prediction nor a guarantee of what the actual Redemption Amount will be, or whether the actual Redemption Amount will exceed the Minimum Redemption Amount. Based on current market conditions, we have determined that the current estimated comparable yield will equal 3.42% per annum, compounded semi-annually. However, the estimated comparable yield may change between the date of this preliminary pricing supplement and the pricing date. The comparable yield determined on the pricing date will be set forth in the final pricing supplement.
PS-11
Additionally, you generally will be required to recognize ordinary income on any gain realized on a sale, upon maturity, or upon another disposition of the notes. See the section entitled U.S. Federal Income Tax Summary.
If you are a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below), payments on the notes generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, as long as you provide us with the required completed tax forms.
Will the notes be listed on an exchange?
No. The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange, and a market for them may never develop.
Does ERISA impose any limitations on purchases of the notes?
Yes. An employee benefit plan subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (commonly referred to as ERISA), or a plan that is subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, including individual retirement accounts, individual retirement annuities or Keogh plans, or any entity the assets of which are deemed to be plan assets under the ERISA regulations, should not purchase, hold, or dispose of the notes unless that plan or entity has determined that its purchase, holding, or disposition of the notes will not constitute a prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
Any plan or entity purchasing the notes will be deemed to be representing that it has made such determination, or that a prohibited transaction class exemption (PTCE) or other statutory or administrative exemption exists and can be relied upon by such plan or entity. See the section entitled ERISA Considerations.
Are there any risks associated with your investment?
Yes. An investment in the notes is subject to risk. Please refer to the section entitled Risk Factors on the next page of this pricing supplement and page S-4 of the attached prospectus supplement.
PS-12
Your investment in the notes entails significant risks, many of which differ from those of a conventional debt security. Your decision to purchase the notes should be made only after carefully considering the risks of an investment in the notes, including those discussed below, with your advisors in light of your particular circumstances. The notes are not an appropriate investment for you if you are not knowledgeable about significant elements of the notes or financial matters in general.
Your investment may result in a loss. We will not repay you a fixed amount on the notes on the maturity date. Instead, the Redemption Amount will depend on the direction of and percentage change in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket. If the Ending Value is less than the Starting Value, the Redemption Amount will be less than the Original Offering Price, and you may lose up to 5% of your investment in the notes.
Your yield may be less than the yield on a conventional debt security of comparable maturity. There will be no periodic interest payments on the notes as there would be on a conventional fixed-rate or floating-rate debt security having the same maturity. The yield that you receive on the notes, which could be negative, may be less than the return you would earn if you purchased a conventional debt security with the same maturity date. As a result, your investment in the notes may not reflect the full opportunity cost to you when you consider factors that affect the time value of money.
You must rely on your own evaluation of the merits of an investment linked to the BRIC Currency Basket. In the ordinary course of their businesses, our affiliates may have expressed views on expected movements in the underlying currencies and may do so in the future. These views or reports may be communicated to our clients and clients of our affiliates. However, these views are subject to change from time to time. Moreover, other professionals who deal in markets relating to one or more of the underlying currencies may at any time have significantly different views from those of our affiliates. You are encouraged to derive information concerning the underlying currencies from multiple sources, and you should not rely on the views expressed by our affiliates.
In seeking to provide you with what we believe to be commercially reasonable terms for the notes while providing the selling agents with compensation for their services, we have considered the costs of developing, hedging, and distributing the notes. In determining the economic terms of the notes, and consequently the potential return on the notes to you, a number of factors are taken into account. Among these factors are certain costs associated with creating, hedging, and offering the notes. In structuring the economic terms of the notes, we seek to provide you with what we believe to be commercially reasonable terms and to provide the selling agents with compensation for their services in developing the securities. The price, if any, at which you could sell the notes in a secondary market transaction is expected to be affected by the factors that we considered in setting the economic terms of the notes, namely the selling agent commissions or underwriting discount paid in respect of the notes and other costs associated with the notes, and compensation for developing and hedging the notes. The quoted price of any of our affiliates for the notes, could be higher or lower than the Original Offering Price.
Assuming there is no change in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket and no change in market conditions or any other relevant factors, the price, if any, at which a selling agent or another purchaser might be willing to purchase the notes in a secondary market transaction is expected to be lower than the Original Offering Price. This is due to, among other things, the fact that the Original Offering Price includes, and secondary market prices are likely to
PS-13
exclude, selling agent commissions or underwriting discount paid with respect to, and the development and hedging costs associated with, the notes.
We cannot assure you that a trading market for the notes will ever develop or be maintained. We will not list the notes on any securities exchange. We cannot predict how the notes will trade in any secondary market, or whether that market will be liquid or illiquid.
The development of a trading market for the notes will depend on our financial performance and other factors, including the value of the BRIC Currency Basket. The number of potential buyers of the notes in any secondary market may be limited. We anticipate that one or more of the selling agents will act as a market-maker for the notes that it offers, but none of them is required to do so. Any such selling agent may discontinue its market-making activities as to the notes at any time. To the extent that a selling agent engages in any market-making activities, it may bid for or offer any series of the notes. Any price at which a selling agent may bid for, offer, purchase, or sell any notes may differ from the values determined by pricing models that it may use, whether as a result of dealer discounts, mark-ups, or other transaction costs. These bids, offers, or completed transactions may affect the prices, if any, at which the notes might otherwise trade in the market.
In addition, if at any time any selling agent were to cease acting as a market-maker for the notes, it is likely that there would be significantly less liquidity in the secondary market. In such a case, the price at which the notes could be sold likely would be lower than if an active market existed.
Payments on the notes are subject to our credit risk, and changes in our credit ratings are expected to affect the value of the notes. The notes are our senior unsecured debt securities. As a result, your receipt of the Redemption Amount at maturity is dependent upon our ability to repay our obligations on the maturity date. This will be the case even if the value of the BRIC Currency Basket increases after the pricing date. No assurance can be given as to what our financial condition will be on the maturity date.
In addition, our credit ratings are an assessment by ratings agencies of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, our perceived creditworthiness and actual or anticipated changes in our credit ratings prior to the maturity date may affect the market value of the notes. However, because your return on the notes depends upon factors in addition to our ability to pay our obligations, such as the value of the BRIC Currency Basket, an improvement in our credit ratings will not reduce the other investment risks related to the notes.
The Redemption Amount will not be affected by all developments relating to the underlying currencies. Changes in the exchange rates of the underlying currencies during the term of the notes before the calculation day will not be reflected in the calculation of the Redemption Amount. The calculation agent will calculate the Redemption Amount by comparing only the Starting Value to the Ending Value. No other values of the BRIC Currency Basket will be taken into account. As a result, you may receive a Redemption Amount that is less than the Original Offering Price, even if the value of the BRIC Currency Basket has increased at certain times during the term of the notes before decreasing to a value below the Starting Value on the calculation day.
Changes in the exchange rate of one or more of the underlying currencies may be offset by changes in the exchange rate of one or more of the other underlying currencies. A change in the exchange rate of one or more of the underlying currencies may not correlate with changes in the exchange rate of one or more of the other underlying currencies. One or more underlying currencies may appreciate relative to the U.S. dollar, while one or more of the other underlying currencies may not appreciate as much, or may even depreciate relative to the
PS-14
U.S. dollar. Therefore, in calculating the value of the BRIC Currency Basket as of the calculation day, any increases in the value of one underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar may be moderated or wholly offset by lesser increases, or even decreases, in the value of one or more of the other underlying currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.
If you attempt to sell the notes prior to maturity, their market value, if any, will be affected by various factors that interrelate in complex ways, and their market value may be less than their Original Offering Price. Unlike savings accounts, certificates of deposit, and other similar investment products, you have no right to have the notes redeemed prior to maturity. If you wish to liquidate your investment in the notes prior to maturity, your only option would be to sell them. At that time, there may be an illiquid market for the notes or no market at all. Even if you were able to sell the notes, there are many factors outside of our control that may affect their market value, some of which, but not all, are stated below. Some of these factors are interrelated in complex ways. As a result, the effect of any one factor may be offset or magnified by the effect of another factor. The following paragraphs describe the expected impact on the market value of the notes from a change in a specific factor, assuming all other conditions remain constant.
| Value of the BRIC Currency Basket. Because the Redemption Amount will be determined by reference to the value of the BRIC Currency Basket on the calculation day, we anticipate that the market value of the notes at any time will depend substantially on the exchange rates of the underlying currencies. These exchange rates will be influenced by complex and interrelated political, economic, financial, and other factors that affect the foreign exchange markets generally. Even if the value of the BRIC Currency Basket increases after the pricing date, if you are able to sell the notes before the maturity date, you may receive substantially less than the amount that would be payable at maturity based on that value because of the anticipation that the exchange rates of the underlying currencies will continue to fluctuate until the Ending Value is determined. If you sell the notes when the value of the BRIC Currency Basket is less than, or not sufficiently above, the Starting Value, then you may receive less than the Original Offering Price. In general, the market value of the notes will decrease as the value of the BRIC Currency Basket decreases, and increase as the value of the BRIC Currency Basket increases. However, as the value of the BRIC Currency Basket increases or decreases, the market value of the notes is not expected to increase or decrease at the same rate. |
| Volatility of the Underlying Currencies. Volatility is the term used to describe the size and frequency of market fluctuations. The volatility of the exchange rates of the underlying currencies during the term of the notes may vary. In addition, an unsettled international environment and related uncertainties may result in greater market volatility, which may continue over the term of the notes. Increases or decreases in the volatility of the exchange rates of the underlying currencies may have an adverse impact on the market value of the notes. |
| Economic and Other Conditions Generally. The general economic conditions of the capital markets in the U.S., Brazil, Russia, India, and the Peoples Republic of China, as well as geopolitical conditions and other financial, political, regulatory, and judicial events that affect the capital markets and foreign exchange markets generally, may affect the value of the BRIC Currency Basket and the value of the notes. |
| Interest Rates. We expect that changes in interest rates will affect the market value of the notes. In general, if U.S. interest rates increase, we expect that the |
PS-15
market value of the notes will decrease, and conversely, if U.S. interest rates decrease, we expect that the market value of the notes will increase. Increases or decreases in interest rates in the U.S., Brazil, Russia, India, and the Peoples Republic of China may affect the respective economies of those countries and, in turn, the respective exchange rates, which may adversely affect the market value of the notes. In addition, increases or decreases in the level of interest rates in the U.S. which are greater than or less than those of one or more of Brazil, Russia, India, and the Peoples Republic of China (each, an Issuing Country) may also adversely affect the value of the BRIC Currency Basket and therefore, the value of the notes. |
| Time to Maturity. We anticipate that the notes may have a market value that may be different from that which would be expected based on the levels of market interest rates and the value of the BRIC Currency Basket. This difference will reflect a time premium or discount due to expectations concerning the value of the BRIC Currency Basket during the period before the maturity date. In general, as the time remaining to maturity decreases, the value of the notes will approach the amount that would be payable at maturity based on the then-current value of the BRIC Currency Basket. |
In general, assuming all relevant factors are held constant, we anticipate that the effect on the market value of the notes based on a given change in most of the factors listed above will be less if it occurs later in the term of the notes than if it occurs earlier in their term. However, we expect that the effect on the market value of the notes of a given change in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket will be greater if it occurs later in the term of the notes than if it occurs earlier in the term of the notes.
The Redemption Amount depends on the Final Exchange Rates, which are affected by many complex factors outside of our control. The value of any currency exchange rate may be affected by complex political and economic factors. Each exchange rate is at any moment a result of the supply and demand for the U.S. dollar relative to the applicable underlying currency, and changes in an exchange rate result over time from the interaction of many factors directly or indirectly affecting economic and political conditions in the U.S. and the Issuing Countries, including economic, financial, regulatory, social, and political developments in other countries. Of particular importance are the relative rates of inflation, interest rate levels, the balance of payments, and the extent of governmental surpluses or deficits in those countries, all of which are in turn sensitive to the monetary, fiscal, and trade policies pursued by the governments in those countries and other countries important to international trade and finance.
Certain relevant information relating to the Issuing Countries may not be as well known or as rapidly or thoroughly reported in the U.S. as is comparable information relating to the U.S. economy. You should be aware of the possible lack of availability of important information that can affect the value of the underlying currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, and you may need to make special efforts to obtain that information on a timely basis.
The exchange rates of the underlying currencies could be affected by the actions of the governments of the Issuing Countries. Foreign exchange rates either can be fixed by sovereign governments or they may be floating. Exchange rates of most economically developed nations and many developing nations are permitted to fluctuate in value relative to other currencies. However, governments sometimes do not allow their currencies to float freely in response to economic forces. The governments of the Issuing Countries may use a variety of techniques, such as intervention by their central bank or the imposition of regulatory controls or taxes, to affect the exchange rates of their respective currencies. They may also issue a new
PS-16
currency to replace an existing currency or alter an exchange rate or relative exchange characteristics by devaluating or revaluating that currency. As a result, a special risk in purchasing the notes is that their liquidity, market value, and the Redemption Amount could be affected by the actions of those governments, which could change or interfere with otherwise freely determined currency valuation, fluctuations in response to other market forces, and the movement of such currencies across borders. There will be no adjustment or change in the terms of the notes in the event that an exchange rate should become fixed, or in the event of any devaluation or revaluation or imposition of exchange or other regulatory controls or taxes, or in the event of other developments affecting any underlying currency except for the limited instance of the issuance of a replacement currency, as more fully described below in the section entitled Description of the NotesDiscontinuance of the U.S. Dollar or an Underlying Currency.
In particular, on July 21, 2005, the Peoples Bank of China, with the authorization of the State Council of the Peoples Republic of China, announced that the Chinese renminbi (yuan) exchange rate would no longer be pegged to the U.S. dollar and would float within managed bands, which the Peoples Bank of China resets daily. After the closing of the market on each business day, the Peoples Bank of China announces the closing price of a foreign currency, such as the U.S. dollar, traded against the Chinese renminbi (yuan) in the interbank foreign exchange market.
The initial adjustment of the Chinese renminbi (yuan) exchange rate was an approximate 2% revaluation from an exchange rate of 8.28 renminbi (yuan) per U.S. dollar to 8.11 renminbi (yuan) per U.S. dollar and, as of July 29, 2009, was 6.8314 renminbi (yuan) per U.S. dollar. The Peoples Bank of China has also announced that the daily trading price of the U.S. dollar against the renminbi (yuan) in the interbank foreign exchange market will continue to be allowed to float within a band of 0.5 percent around the central parity published by the Peoples Bank of China, while the trading prices of the non-U.S. dollar currencies against the renminbi (yuan) will be allowed to move within a certain band announced by the Peoples Bank of China. The Peoples Bank of China will announce the closing price of a foreign currency such as the U.S. dollar traded against the renminbi (yuan) in the inter-bank foreign exchange market after the closing of the market on each working day, and will make it the central parity for the trading against the renminbi (yuan) on the following working day. The Peoples Bank of China has stated that it will make adjustments of the renminbi (yuan) exchange rate band when necessary according to market developments, as well as the economic and financial situation.
Despite the change in their exchange rate regime, the Chinese government continues to manage the valuation of the renminbi (yuan) and, as currently managed, its price movements are unlikely to contribute significantly to either an increase or decrease in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket. However, further changes in the Chinese governments management of the renminbi (yuan) could result in a significant movement in the U.S. dollar/renminbi (yuan) exchange rate. Assuming the value of all other underlying currencies remains constant, a decrease in the value of the renminbi (yuan) relative to the U.S. dollar, whether as a result of a change in the governments management of the currency or for other reasons, would result in a decrease in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket.
Even though currencies trade around-the-clock, the notes will not trade around-the-clock and the prevailing market prices for the notes may not reflect the underlying exchange rates. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. Unlike the market for the notes, if any, the hours of trading for the notes will not conform to the hours during which the underlying currencies are traded. Significant price and rate movements may take place in the applicable foreign exchange markets that will not be reflected immediately in the market price of the notes. The possibility of these movements
PS-17
should be taken into account in relating the value of the notes to movements occurring in the foreign exchange markets for the underlying currencies.
There is no systematic reporting of last-sale information for foreign currencies. Reasonably current bid and offer information is available in certain brokers offices, in bank foreign currency trading offices, and to others who wish to subscribe for this information. However, this information will not necessarily be reflected in the value of the exchange rates of the underlying currencies. There is no regulatory requirement that those quotations be firm or revised on a timely basis. The absence of last-sale information and the limited availability of quotations to individual investors may make it difficult for you to obtain timely, accurate data about the state of the foreign exchange markets for the underlying currencies.
Suspensions or disruptions of market trading in the underlying currencies may adversely affect the value of the notes. The currency markets are subject to temporary distortions and other disruptions due to a variety of factors. These factors include government regulation and intervention, the lack of liquidity in the markets, and the participation of speculators. Any of these factors could impact the value of one or more of the underlying currencies and, therefore, adversely affect the value of the notes.
Purchases and sales by us and our affiliates may affect your return. We and our affiliates may from time to time buy or sell the underlying currencies, or futures or options contracts on the underlying currencies, for our own accounts for business reasons. We also expect to enter into these transactions in connection with hedging our obligations under the notes. These transactions could affect the exchange rates of the underlying currencies and, in turn, the value of the BRIC Currency Basket in a manner that could be adverse to your investment in the notes. Any purchases or sales by us, our affiliates or others on our behalf on or before the pricing date may temporarily increase or decrease the exchange rates of the underlying currencies or the value of the BRIC Currency Basket. Temporary increases or decreases in the exchange rates of the underlying currencies or the value of the BRIC Currency Basket may also occur as a result of the purchasing activities of other market participants. Consequently, the exchange rates of the underlying currencies or the value of the BRIC Currency Basket may change subsequent to the pricing date of the notes, affecting the exchange rate of one or more of the underlying currencies and therefore the market value of the notes.
Our trading and hedging activities may create conflicts of interest with you. We or one or more of our affiliates, including the selling agents, may engage in trading activities related to the underlying currencies that are not for your account or on your behalf. We and our affiliates from time to time may buy or sell the underlying currencies for our own accounts, for business reasons, or in connection with hedging our obligations under the notes. We also may issue, or our affiliates may underwrite, other financial instruments with returns based upon the underlying currencies. These trading and underwriting activities could affect the value of the BRIC Currency Basket in a manner that would be adverse to your investment in the notes.
We expect to enter into arrangements to hedge the market risks associated with our obligation to pay the Redemption Amount due on the maturity date. We may seek competitive terms in entering into the hedging arrangements for the notes, but are not required to do so, and we may enter into such hedging arrangements with one of our subsidiaries or affiliates. Such hedging activity is expected to result in a profit to those engaging in the hedging activity, which could be more or less than initially expected, but which could also result in a loss for the hedging counterparty.
PS-18
We or our affiliates may enter into these transactions on or prior to the pricing date, in order to hedge some or all of our anticipated obligations under the notes. This hedging activity could increase the value of the BRIC Currency Basket on the pricing date.
In addition, from time to time during the term of the notes and in connection with the determination of the Ending Value, we or our affiliates may enter into additional hedging transactions or adjust or close out existing hedging transactions. We or our affiliates also may enter into hedging transactions relating to other notes or instruments that we issue, some of which may have returns calculated in a manner related to that of the notes. We or our affiliates will price these hedging transactions with the intent to realize a profit, considering the risks inherent in these hedging activities, whether the value of the notes increases or decreases. However, these hedging activities may result in a profit that is more or less than initially expected, or could result in a loss.
These trading activities may present a conflict of interest between your interest in the notes and the interests we and our affiliates may have in our proprietary accounts, in facilitating transactions, including block trades, for our other customers, and in accounts under our management. These trading activities, if they influence the value of the BRIC Currency Basket or secondary trading in the notes, could be adverse to your interests as a beneficial owner of the notes.
Our hedging activities may affect your return on the notes and their market value. We, or one or more of our affiliates, including the selling agents, may engage in hedging activities that may affect the value of the BRIC Currency Basket. Accordingly, our hedging activities may increase or decrease the market value of the notes prior to maturity, including on the calculation day, and therefore may affect the Redemption Amount. In addition, we or one or more of our affiliates, including the selling agents, may purchase or otherwise acquire a long or short position in the notes. We or any of our affiliates, including the selling agents, may hold or resell the notes. Although we have no reason to believe that any of those activities will have a material impact on the exchange rates of the underlying currencies, we cannot assure you that these activities will not affect the value of the BRIC Currency Basket and the market value of the notes prior to maturity or the Redemption Amount.
There may be potential conflicts of interest involving the calculation agent. We have the right to appoint and remove the calculation agent. Our subsidiary, MLCS, will be the calculation agent for the notes and, as such, will determine the Final Exchange Rates, the Ending Value, the Basket Performance, and the Redemption Amount. Under some circumstances, these duties could result in a conflict of interest between MLCSs status as our subsidiary and its responsibilities as calculation agent. These conflicts could occur, for instance, in connection with the calculation agents determination in connection with judgments that it would be required to make if an exchange rate is not quoted on the calculation day or calculations related to the discontinuance of any underlying currency. See the sections entitled Description of the NotesThe Starting Value and the Ending Value and Discontinuance of the U.S. Dollar or an Underlying Currency. The calculation agent will be required to carry out its duties in good faith and using its reasonable judgment. However, because we expect to control the calculation agent, potential conflicts of interest could arise.
PS-19
We will use the net proceeds we receive from the sale of the notes for the purposes described in the accompanying prospectus under Use of Proceeds. In addition, we expect that we or our affiliates may use a portion of the net proceeds to hedge our obligations under the notes.
PS-20
General
The notes are part of a series of medium-term notes entitled Medium-Term Notes, Series L that will be issued under the Senior Indenture, as amended and supplemented from time to time. The Senior Indenture is described more fully in the accompanying prospectus and prospectus supplement. The following description of the notes supplements the description of the general terms and provisions of the notes and debt securities set forth under the headings Description of the Notes in the prospectus supplement and Description of Debt Securities in the prospectus.
The aggregate principal amount of the notes is $ . The notes are issued in denominations of whole units, and each unit will have a principal amount $10.00. You may transfer notes only in whole units. The notes will mature on August , 2011.
We will not pay interest on the notes.
Prior to maturity, the notes are not repayable at your option or our option. The notes are not subject to any sinking fund.
The notes will be issued in book-entry form only. The CUSIP number for the notes is .
Payment at Maturity
On the maturity date, subject to our credit risk as issuer of the notes, you will receive a cash payment per unit equal to the Redemption Amount. The Redemption Amount will be denominated in U.S. dollars and calculated as follows:
$10.00 + | (
|
$10.00 x | (
|
Ending Value - Starting Value | )
|
)
|
||||||||||
Starting Value |
(The Redemption Amount cannot be less than the Minimum Redemption Amount of $9.50 per unit.)
PS-21
If the Basket Performance is less than zero, you will receive a Redemption Amount per unit that is less than the Original Offering Price. However, in no case will the Redemption Amount be less than the Minimum Redemption Amount per unit of $9.50.
The Basket Performance is the percentage change in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket from the Starting Value to the Ending Value and will equal:
Ending Value - Starting Value | ||||
Starting Value |
The Threshold Value will be determined on the pricing date and will be between 111.00 and 117.00 (11.00% to 17.00% above the Starting Value).
The Threshold Amount will be determined on the pricing date, and will be an amount between $1.10 and $1.70, representing a return of 11.00% to 17.00% above the Original Offering Price.
The Starting Value and the Ending Value
The Starting Value of the BRIC Currency Basket will be set to 100.00 on the pricing date.
The Ending Value will equal the value of the BRIC Currency Basket on the calculation day.
The calculation day will be determined on the pricing date and will be the fifth scheduled business day immediately prior to the maturity date.
The value of the BRIC Currency Basket on the calculation day will equal: 100 + 100 × (the sum of the Weighted Return for each exchange rate), rounded to two decimal places.
The calculation agent will determine the Weighted Return for each exchange rate as follows:
Brazilian real: |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate | ||||||||||
Russian ruble: |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate | ||||||||||
Indian rupee: |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate | ||||||||||
Chinese renminbi (yuan): |
Exchange Rate Weighting x | (
|
Initial Exchange Rate - Final Exchange Rate | )
| ||||||
Final Exchange Rate |
The Exchange Rate Weighting is 25.00% for each underlying currency, reflecting an equal weighting for each of them in the BRIC Currency Basket. The weighting of each underlying currency is fixed and will not change during the term of the notes.
PS-22
The formulas above will result in the Weighted Return for an exchange rate being positive when the underlying currency appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar and being negative when that underlying currency depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar. Assuming the exchange rates for each other underlying currency remain the same, any appreciation of an underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar will result in an increase in the BRIC Currency Basket, while any depreciation of an underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar will result in a decrease in the BRIC Currency Basket.
A business day means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law, regulation, or executive order to close and those banks are open for dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits.
If it is determined that the scheduled calculation day is not a business day by reason of an extraordinary event, occurrence, declaration, or otherwise, the calculation agent will determine the Ending Value on the next applicable business day. If no such days occur prior to the second scheduled business day before the maturity date of the notes, the Ending Value will be determined (or, if not determinable, estimated) by the calculation agent on that day in a manner which the calculation agent considers commercially reasonable under the circumstances.
The Initial Exchange Rate and the Final Exchange Rate
For each underlying currency, the exchange rate will be determined as follows:
| Brazilian real: the number of Brazilian reais for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters Group PLC (Reuters) on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
| Russian ruble: the number of Russian rubles for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
| Indian rupee: the number of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, under USD, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
| Chinese renminbi (yuan): the number of Chinese renminbi (yuan) for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged as reported by Reuters on page WMRSPOT, or any substitute page thereto, at approximately 4:00 p.m. in London, England. |
The Initial Exchange Rate for each underlying currency will be the exchange rate for that currency determined on the pricing date and will be set forth in the final pricing supplement made available in connection with the sales of the notes.
The Final Exchange Rate for each underlying currency will be the exchange rate for that currency determined on the calculation day.
If an exchange rate is not so quoted on the applicable page indicated above, then the exchange rate will be calculated on the basis of the arithmetic mean of the applicable spot quotations received by the calculation agent at approximately 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the pricing date (for purposes of determining the Initial Exchange Rate) or the calculation day (for purposes of determining the Final Exchange Rate), as applicable (the relevant date),
PS-23
by three leading banks engaged in the interbank market (selected in the sole discretion of the calculation agent and which may be one of our affiliates) (the Reference Banks). If fewer than three Reference Banks provide spot quotations, then the exchange rate will be calculated on the basis of the arithmetic mean of the applicable spot quotations received by the calculation agent at approximately 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant date from two leading commercial banks in New York (selected in the sole discretion of the calculation agent and which may be one of our affiliates), for the purchase or sale for deposits in the relevant underlying currency. If these spot quotations are available from only one bank, then the calculation agent, in its sole discretion, will determine which quotation is available and reasonable to be used. If no spot quotation is available, then the exchange rate will be the rate the calculation agent, in its sole discretion, determines to be fair and reasonable under the circumstances at approximately 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant date.
Discontinuance of the U.S. Dollar or an Underlying Currency
If the U.S. dollar is replaced by a successor monetary unit (the new currency) as the legal tender of the United States, the calculation agent will, when determining the applicable Weighted Return, calculate the Final Exchange Rates by using the exchange rates of the underlying currencies relative to the new currency on the calculation day, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which will be 1 and the denominator of which will be the number of units of the U.S. dollar represented by one unit of the new currency. Conversely, in the event an underlying currency is replaced by a new currency, the calculation agent will, when determining the applicable Weighted Return, calculate the applicable Final Exchange Rate by using the exchange rate of the new currency relative to the U.S. dollar on the calculation day, multiplied by the number of units of that underlying currency represented by one unit of the new currency. No other changes will be made to the terms of the notes as a result of such replacement.
As an example of the calculation described above, if the U.S. dollar is replaced by a new currency, and one unit of the new currency has a value equal to 1,000 units of the U.S. dollar, the Final Exchange Rates would be calculated by using the applicable exchange rate of the underlying currencies (relative to the new currency) multiplied by 1/1,000. Alternatively, if an underlying currency is replaced by a new currency, and one unit of the new currency has a value equal to 1,000 units of that underlying currency, the applicable Final Exchange Rate would be calculated by using the exchange rate of the new currency (relative to the U.S. dollar) multiplied by 1,000.
Events of Default
If an event of default, as defined in the Senior Indenture, with respect to the notes occurs and is continuing, the amount payable to a holder of the notes upon any acceleration permitted under the Senior Indenture will be equal to the Redemption Amount described under the caption Payment at Maturity, determined as if the notes matured on the date of acceleration and the calculation day was the fifth scheduled business day before the date of acceleration.
If a bankruptcy proceeding is commenced in respect of us, your claim may be limited, under the United States Bankruptcy Code, to the Original Offering Price. In case of a default in payment of the notes, whether at their maturity or upon acceleration, they will not bear a default interest rate.
PS-24
Role of the Calculation Agent
The calculation agent has the sole discretion to make all determinations regarding the notes, including determinations regarding the Initial Exchange Rates, the Final Exchange Rates, the Ending Value, the Basket Performance, the Redemption Amount, business days, and calculations related to the discontinuance of any underlying currency. Absent manifest error, all determinations of the calculation agent will be final and binding on you and us, without any liability on the part of the calculation agent.
We have initially appointed our subsidiary, MLCS, as the calculation agent. However, we may change the calculation agent at any time without notifying you.
Same-Day Settlement and Payment
The notes will be delivered in book-entry form only through DTC against payment by purchasers of the notes in immediately available funds. We will pay the Redemption Amount in immediately available funds so long as the notes are maintained in book-entry form.
Listing
The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange.
PS-25
The BRIC Currency Basket is designed to track the value of an equally weighted investment in the Brazilian real, Russian ruble, Indian rupee, and Chinese renminbi (yuan), based on the exchange rate of each underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar.
The exchange rate for each underlying currency is expressed as the number of units of the applicable underlying currency for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged. Accordingly, an increase in the applicable exchange rate means that the value of the relevant underlying currency has decreased against the U.S. dollar and a decrease in the applicable exchange rate means that the value of the relevant underlying currency has increased against the U.S. dollar.
Historical Data on the Exchange Rates
The following tables set forth the high and low daily exchange rates for each underlying currency for the calendar quarters from January 2004 through July 29, 2009. These exchange rates were obtained from publicly available information on Bloomberg, L.P. These exchange rates should not be taken as an indication of the future performance of any of the underlying currencies or the BRIC Currency Basket, or as an indication of whether, or to what extent, the Ending Value will be greater than the Starting Value.
As described above, the exchange rate for each underlying currency is expressed as the number of units of the applicable underlying currency for which one U.S. dollar can be exchanged. As a result, the High values represent the weakest that currency was relative to the U.S. dollar for the given quarter, while the Low values represent the strongest that currency was relative to the U.S. dollar for the given quarter.
PS-26
Brazilian real
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest daily exchange rates for the Brazilian real for the calendar quarters from January 2004 through July 29, 2009. On July 29, 2009, the exchange rate for the Brazilian real was 1.8935 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar, as reported by Bloomberg L.P. The Initial Exchange Rate for the Brazilian real will be determined by the calculation agent on the pricing date and will be set forth in the final pricing supplement made available in connection with sales of the notes.
High | Low | |||
2004 |
||||
First Quarter |
2.9645 | 2.7820 | ||
Second Quarter |
3.2118 | 2.8755 | ||
Third Quarter |
3.0782 | 2.8505 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
2.8800 | 2.6530 | ||
2005 |
||||
First Quarter |
2.7640 | 2.5665 | ||
Second Quarter |
2.6588 | 2.3325 | ||
Third Quarter |
2.4870 | 2.2140 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
2.3800 | 2.1615 | ||
2006 |
||||
First Quarter |
2.3364 | 2.1040 | ||
Second Quarter |
2.3525 | 2.0555 | ||
Third Quarter |
2.2244 | 2.1230 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
2.2000 | 2.1310 | ||
2007 |
||||
First Quarter |
2.1520 | 2.0395 | ||
Second Quarter |
2.0475 | 1.9025 | ||
Third Quarter |
2.0562 | 1.8330 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
1.8484 | 1.7355 | ||
2008 |
||||
First Quarter |
1.8335 | 1.6625 | ||
Second Quarter |
1.7399 | 1.5907 | ||
Third Quarter |
1.9625 | 1.5598 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
2.5120 | 1.9179 | ||
2009 |
||||
First Quarter |
2.4506 | 1.6625 | ||
Second Quarter |
2.2733 | 1.9214 | ||
Third Quarter (through July 29, 2009) |
2.0035 | 1.8734 |
PS-27
Russian ruble
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest daily exchange rates for the Russian ruble for the calendar quarters from January 2004 through July 29, 2009. On July 29, 2009, the exchange rate for the Russian ruble was 31.5700 Russian ruble per U.S. dollar, as reported by Bloomberg L.P. The Initial Exchange Rate for the Russian ruble will be determined by the calculation agent on the pricing date and will be set forth in the final pricing supplement made available in connection with sales of the notes.
High | Low | |||
2004 |
||||
First Quarter |
29.2425 | 28.4375 | ||
Second Quarter |
29.0825 | 28.5075 | ||
Third Quarter |
29.2755 | 28.9900 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
29.2210 | 27.7200 | ||
2005 |
||||
First Quarter |
28.1950 | 27.4487 | ||
Second Quarter |
28.6800 | 27.7080 | ||
Third Quarter |
28.8312 | 28.1600 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
28.9814 | 28.4295 | ||
2006 |
||||
First Quarter |
28.7414 | 27.6651 | ||
Second Quarter |
27.7165 | 26.7316 | ||
Third Quarter |
27.0500 | 26.6660 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
26.9846 | 26.1735 | ||
2007 |
||||
First Quarter |
26.6019 | 25.9736 | ||
Second Quarter |
26.0408 | 25.6837 | ||
Third Quarter |
25.8933 | 24.8595 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
25.0523 | 24.2875 | ||
2008 |
||||
First Quarter |
24.7885 | 23.4529 | ||
Second Quarter |
23.8952 | 23.3181 | ||
Third Quarter |
25.7418 | 23.1541 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
29.5707 | 25.7340 | ||
2009 |
||||
First Quarter |
36.3721 | 23.4529 | ||
Second Quarter |
34.1863 | 30.5373 | ||
Third Quarter (through July 29, 2009) |
32.7368 | 30.7050 |
PS-28
Indian rupee
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest daily exchange rates for the Indian rupee for the calendar quarters from January 2004 through July 29, 2009. On July 29, 2009, the exchange rate for the Indian rupee was 48.4200 Indian rupee per U.S. dollar, as reported by Bloomberg L.P. The Initial Exchange Rate for the Indian rupee will be determined by the calculation agent on the pricing date and will be set forth in the final pricing supplement made available in connection with sales of the notes.
High | Low | |||
2004 |
||||
First Quarter |
45.6400 | 43.6000 | ||
Second Quarter |
46.2500 | 43.5375 | ||
Third Quarter |
46.4713 | 45.6650 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
45.9000 | 43.4600 | ||
2005 |
||||
First Quarter |
43.9300 | 43.4200 | ||
Second Quarter |
43.8300 | 43.2900 | ||
Third Quarter |
44.1500 | 43.1750 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
46.3100 | 44.1275 | ||
2006 |
||||
First Quarter |
45.0925 | 44.1175 | ||
Second Quarter |
46.3900 | 44.6012 | ||
Third Quarter |
46.9950 | 45.7700 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
45.9715 | 44.2600 | ||
2007 |
||||
First Quarter |
44.6800 | 43.0450 | ||
Second Quarter |
43.0850 | 40.4850 | ||
Third Quarter |
41.3450 | 39.6900 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
39.8950 | 39.2500 | ||
2008 |
||||
First Quarter |
40.7350 | 39.2650 | ||
Second Quarter |
43.1000 | 39.7850 | ||
Third Quarter |
46.9800 | 42.0050 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
50.3500 | 46.6300 | ||
2009 |
||||
First Quarter |
51.9700 | 48.2600 | ||
Second Quarter |
50.5150 | 46.9650 | ||
Third Quarter (through July 29, 2009) |
49.0900 | 47.8900 |
PS-29
Chinese renminbi (yuan)
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest daily exchange rates for the Chinese renminbi (yuan) for the calendar quarters from January 2004 through July 29, 2009. On July 29, 2009, the exchange rate for the Chinese renminbi was 6.8314 Chinese renminbi (yuan) per U.S. dollar, as reported by Bloomberg L.P. The Initial Exchange Rate for the Chinese renminbi (yuan) will be determined by the calculation agent on the pricing date and will be set forth in the final pricing supplement made available in connection with sales of the notes.
High | Low | |||
2004 |
||||
First Quarter |
8.2775 | 8.2766 | ||
Second Quarter |
8.2773 | 8.2765 | ||
Third Quarter |
8.2771 | 8.2765 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
8.2768 | 8.2763 | ||
2005 |
||||
First Quarter |
8.2766 | 8.2763 | ||
Second Quarter |
8.2767 | 8.2763 | ||
Third Quarter |
8.2765 | 8.0871 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
8.0920 | 8.0702 | ||
2006 |
||||
First Quarter |
8.0702 | 8.0172 | ||
Second Quarter |
8.0265 | 7.9943 | ||
Third Quarter |
8.0048 | 7.8965 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
7.9149 | 7.8051 | ||
2007 |
||||
First Quarter |
7.8170 | 7.7257 | ||
Second Quarter |
7.7350 | 7.6132 | ||
Third Quarter |
7.6095 | 7.5036 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
7.5201 | 7.2971 | ||
2008 |
||||
First Quarter |
7.3071 | 7.0105 | ||
Second Quarter |
7.0184 | 6.8543 | ||
Third Quarter |
6.8760 | 6.8109 | ||
Fourth Quarter |
6.8850 | 6.8152 | ||
2009 |
||||
First Quarter |
6.8487 | 7.0105 | ||
Second Quarter |
6.8374 | 6.8199 | ||
Third Quarter (through July 29, 2009) |
6.8345 | 6.8306 |
PS-30
While historical information on the BRIC Currency Basket will not exist before the pricing date, the following graph sets forth hypothetical monthly historical values of the BRIC Currency Basket from December 2003 through June 2009 based upon historical exchange rates as of the end of each month. For purposes of this graph, the value of the BRIC Currency Basket was set to 100 as of December 31, 2003 and the value of the BRIC Currency Basket as of the end of each month is based upon the hypothetical Ending Value as of the end of that month, calculated as described in the section The Description of the NotesThe Starting Value and the Ending Value above. This historical data on the exchange rates as reported by Bloomberg L.P. is not necessarily indicative of the future performance of the exchange rates or the BRIC Currency Basket or what the value of the notes may be. Any historical upward or downward trend in the value of the BRIC Currency Basket during any period set forth below is not an indication that the Ending Value will be greater than the Starting Value.
PS-31
SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Our broker-dealer subsidiaries, MLPF&S, First Republic, and BAI, will act as our selling agents in connection with the offering of the notes. The selling agents are parties to the Distribution Agreement described in the Supplemental Plan of Distribution on page S-12 of the accompanying prospectus supplement.
Each selling agent will receive the compensation set forth on the cover of this pricing supplement as to the notes sold through its efforts. You must have an account with one of the selling agents to purchase the notes. In the original offering of the notes, the notes will be sold in minimum investment amounts of 100 units.
The selling agents are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the NASD)). Accordingly, offerings of the notes will conform to the requirements of NASD Rule 2720.
No selling agent is acting as your fiduciary or advisor, and you should not rely upon any communication from any selling agent in connection with the notes as investment advice or a recommendation to purchase notes. You should make your own investment decision regarding the notes after consulting with your legal, tax, and other advisors.
We may deliver the notes against payment therefor in New York, New York on a date that is greater than three business days following the pricing date. Under Rule 15c6-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, if the initial settlement of the notes occurs more than three business days from the pricing date, purchasers who wish to trade the notes more than three business days prior to the original issue date will be required to specify alternative settlement arrangements to prevent a failed settlement. See Supplemental Plan of Distribution on page S-12 of the accompanying prospectus supplement.
If you place an order to purchase these offered securities, you are consenting to each of MLPF&S and its broker-dealer affiliate First Republic acting as a principal in effecting the transaction for your account. Under our distribution agreement with the selling agents, MLPF&S will purchase the notes from us on the issue date as principal at the purchase price indicated on the cover of this pricing supplement, less the indicated selling discount.
The selling agents and any of our other broker-dealer affiliates, may use this pricing supplement, and the accompanying prospectus supplement and prospectus for offers and sales in secondary market transactions and market-making transactions in the notes. However, they are not obligated to engage in such secondary market transactions and/or market-making transactions. The selling agents may act as principal or agent in these transactions, and any such sales will be made at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.
PS-32
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX SUMMARY
The following summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the notes is based upon the advice of Morrison & Foerster LLP, our tax counsel. The following discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. This summary is based upon the Code, regulations promulgated under the Code by the Treasury (including proposed and temporary regulations), rulings, current administrative interpretations and official pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.
This summary is for general information only, and does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular holder in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as partnerships, subchapter S corporations, or other pass-through entities, banks, financial institutions, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, trusts and estates, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that have elected to use the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons holding the notes as part of an integrated investment, including a straddle, hedge, constructive sale, or conversion transaction, persons (other than Non-U.S. Holders, as defined below) whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar, persons holding the notes in a tax-deferred or tax-advantaged account, and persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code. This summary does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments, or of any foreign government, that may be applicable to a particular holder.
This summary is directed solely to holders that, except as otherwise specifically noted, will purchase the notes upon original issuance and will hold the notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, which generally means property held for investment. This summary assumes that the issue price of the notes, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, equals the principal amount thereof.
You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning, and disposing of the notes, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign, or other tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.
As used in this product supplement, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of a note that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| a citizen or resident of the U.S.; |
| a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or of any state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia; |
| an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| any trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. |
PS-33
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, to the extent provided in Treasury regulations, some trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to that date, that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons also are U.S. Holders. As used in this product supplement, the term Non-U.S. Holder means a holder that is not a U.S. Holder.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership and, accordingly, this summary does not apply to partnerships. A partner of a partnership holding the notes should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition by the partnership of the notes.
Tax Characterization of the Notes
There are no statutory provisions, regulations, published rulings, or judicial decisions addressing the characterization, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of the notes or other instruments with terms substantially the same as the notes. However, although the matter is not free from doubt, under current law, each note should be treated as a debt instrument for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We intend to treat the notes as debt instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, where required, intend to file information returns with the IRS in accordance with such treatment, in the absence of any change or clarification in the law, by regulation or otherwise, requiring a different characterization of the notes. You should be aware, however, that the IRS is not bound by our characterization of the notes as indebtedness and the IRS could possibly take a different position as to the proper characterization of the notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the notes are not in fact treated as debt instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the notes could differ materially from the treatment discussed below with the result that the timing and character of income, gain, or loss recognized in respect of the notes could differ materially from the timing and character of income, gain, or loss recognized in respect of the notes had the notes in fact been treated as debt instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
U.S. HoldersIncome Tax Considerations
Interest and Original Issue Discount. The amount payable on the notes at maturity will depend on the performance of the BRIC Currency Basket. Because the BRIC Currency Basket consists of foreign currencies, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the notes to a U.S. Holder will depend on whether the denomination currency (as defined in the applicable Treasury regulations) of such notes is the U.S. dollar. We intend to take the position that the denomination currency of such notes is the U.S. dollar and the balance of this discussion so assumes. Accordingly, the notes are not subject to the special rules described in the Treasury regulations governing nonfunctional currency contingent payment debt instruments.
Under the characterization described above, the notes generally will be subject to the Treasury regulations governing contingent payment debt instruments. Under those regulations, a U.S. Holder will be required to report original issue discount (OID) or interest income based on a comparable yield and a projected payment schedule, both as described below, established by us for determining interest accruals and adjustments with respect to the notes. A U.S. Holder which does not use the comparable yield and follow the projected payment schedule to calculate its OID and interest income on the notes must timely disclose and justify the use of other estimates to the IRS.
PS-34
A comparable yield with respect to the notes generally is the yield at which we could issue a fixed-rate debt instrument with terms similar to those of the notes (taking into account for this purpose the level of subordination, term, timing of payments, and general market conditions, but ignoring any adjustments for liquidity or the riskiness of the contingencies with respect to the notes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a comparable yield must not be less than the applicable U.S. federal rate based on the overall maturity of the notes.
A projected payment schedule with respect to the notes generally is a series of projected payments, the amount and timing of which would produce a yield to maturity on that note equal to the comparable yield. Based upon market conditions as of the date of this preliminary pricing supplement, as determined by us for purposes of illustrating the application of the Code and the Treasury regulations to the notes as if the notes had been issued on August 28, 2009 and were scheduled to mature on August 30, 2011, the projected payment schedule per $10 principal amount of the notes would consist of a single payment of $10.7028 at maturity. This projected payment schedule consists of a projection for tax purposes of the Redemption Amount. The actual projected payment schedule will be completed on the pricing date, and included in the final pricing supplement. See Hypothetical Tax Accrual Table, below. You should be aware that this amount is not calculated or provided for any purposes other than the determination of a U.S. Holders interest accruals and adjustments with respect to the notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. By providing the projected payment schedule, we make no representations regarding the actual amounts of payments on the notes.
Based on the comparable yield and the projected payment schedule of the notes, a U.S. Holder of the notes (regardless of accounting method) generally will be required to accrue as OID the sum of the daily portions of interest on the notes for each day in the taxable year on which the holder held the notes, adjusted upward or downward to reflect the difference, if any, between the actual and projected amount of any contingent payments on the notes, as set forth below. The daily portions of interest for the notes are determined by allocating to each day in an accrual period the ratable portion of interest on the notes that accrues in the accrual period. The amount of interest on the notes that accrues in an accrual period is the product of the comparable yield on the notes (adjusted to reflect the length of the accrual period) and the adjusted issue price of the notes at the beginning of the accrual period. The adjusted issue price of the notes at the beginning of the first accrual period will equal its issue price. The issue price of each note in an issue of the notes is the first price at which a substantial amount of those notes has been sold (including any premium paid for those notes and ignoring sales to bond houses, brokers, or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents, or wholesalers). For any subsequent accrual period, the adjusted issue price will be (1) the sum of the issue price of the notes and any interest previously accrued on the notes by a holder (without regard to any positive or negative adjustments, described below) minus (2) the amount of any projected payments on the notes for previous accrual periods. A U.S. Holder of the notes generally will be required to include in income OID in excess of actual cash payments received for certain taxable years.
A U.S. Holder will be required to recognize interest income equal to the amount of any positive adjustment for the notes for the taxable year in which a contingent payment is paid (including a payment at maturity). A positive adjustment is the excess of actual payments in respect of contingent payments over the projected amount of contingent payments. A U.S. Holder also will be required to account for any negative adjustment for a taxable year in which a contingent payment is paid. A negative adjustment is the excess of the projected amounts of contingent payments over actual payments in respect of the contingent payments. A net negative adjustment is the amount by which total negative adjustments in a taxable year exceed total positive adjustments in such taxable year. A net negative adjustment (1) will first reduce the amount of interest for the notes that a U.S. Holder would otherwise be required to
PS-35
include in income in the taxable year, and (2) to the extent of any excess, will result in an ordinary loss equal to that portion of the excess as does not exceed the excess of (A) the amount of all previous interest inclusions under the notes over (B) the total amount of the U.S. Holders net negative adjustments treated as ordinary loss on the notes in prior taxable years. A net negative adjustment is not subject to the 2% floor limitation imposed on miscellaneous deductions under Section 67 of the Code. Any net negative adjustment in excess of the amounts described above in (1) and (2) will be carried forward to offset future interest income on the notes or to reduce the amount realized on a sale, exchange, or retirement of the notes and, in the case of a payment at maturity, should result in a capital loss. The deductibility of capital losses by a U.S. Holder is subject to limitations.
If all contingent payments on the notes become fixed on a day that is more than six months before the maturity date, applicable Treasury regulations provide that a holder should make adjustments to the prior and future interest inclusions in respect of the notes over the remaining term for the notes in a reasonable manner. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisor as to what would be a reasonable manner in their particular situation.
Hypothetical Tax Accrual Table. The table below sets forth the following information with respect to each $10 principal amount of the notes for each of the applicable accrual periods through the maturity date of the notes:
| the amount of interest deemed to have accrued during the accrual period; and |
| the total amount of interest deemed to have accrued from the original issue date through the end of the accrual period. |
The following table is based upon a hypothetical projected payment schedule (including a hypothetical Redemption Amount) and a hypothetical comparable yield equal to 3.29% per annum (compounded semi-annually), which is our current estimate of the comparable yield, based upon market conditions as of the date of this pricing supplement as determined by us for purposes of illustrating the application of the Code and the Treasury regulations to the notes as if the notes had been issued on August 28, 2009 and were scheduled to mature on August 30, 2011. This tax accrual table is based upon a hypothetical projected payment schedule per $10 principal amount of the notes, which would consist of a single payment of $10.6764 at maturity. The following table is for illustrative purposes only, and we make no representations or predictions as to what the actual Redemption Amount will be. The actual projected payment schedule will be completed on the pricing date, and included in the final pricing supplement.
Accrual Period |
Interest Deemed to Accrue on a Note During Accrual Period (per Unit) |
Total Interest Deemed to Have Accrued on a Note as of End of Accrual Period (per Unit) | ||
August 28, 2009 to December 31, 2009 |
$0.1124 | $0.1124 | ||
January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010 |
$0.3354 | $0.4478 | ||
January 1, 2011 to August 30, 2011 |
$0.2286 | $0.6764 |
Sale, Exchange, or Retirement. Upon a sale, exchange, or retirement of the notes prior to maturity, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, or retirement and that holders tax basis in the notes. A U.S. Holders tax basis in the notes generally will equal the cost of that note, increased by the amount of OID previously accrued by the holder for that note (without regard
PS-36
to any positive or negative adjustments). A U.S. Holder generally will treat any gain as interest income, and will treat any loss as ordinary loss to the extent of the excess of previous interest inclusions over the total negative adjustments previously taken into account as ordinary losses, and the balance as long-term or short-term capital loss depending upon the U.S. Holders holding period for the notes. The deductibility of capital losses by a U.S. Holder is subject to limitations.
Unrelated Business Taxable Income
Section 511 of the Code generally imposes a tax, at regular corporate or trust income tax rates, on the unrelated business taxable income of certain tax-exempt organizations, including qualified pension and profit sharing plan trusts and individual retirement accounts. In general, if the notes are held for investment purposes, the amount of income or gain realized with respect to the notes should not constitute unrelated business taxable income. However, if the notes constitutes debt-financed property (as defined in Section 514(b) of the Code) by reason of indebtedness incurred by a holder of the notes to purchase or carry the notes, all or a portion of any income or gain realized with respect to such notes may be classified as unrelated business taxable income pursuant to Section 514 of the Code. Moreover, prospective investors in the notes should be aware that whether or not any income or gain realized with respect to the notes which is owned by an organization that is generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation constitutes unrelated business taxable income will depend upon the specific facts and circumstances applicable to such organization. Accordingly, any potential investors in the notes that are generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation should consult with their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of investing in the notes.
Non-U.S. HoldersIncome Tax Considerations
U.S. Federal Income and Withholding Tax
Under current U.S. federal income tax law and subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, principal and interest payments, including any OID, that are received from us or our agent and that are not effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the U.S., or a permanent establishment maintained in the U.S. if certain tax treaties apply, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax except as provided below. Interest, including any OID and any gain realized on the sale, exchange, or retirement of the notes, may be subject to a 30% withholding tax (or less under an applicable treaty, if any) if:
| a Non-U.S. Holder actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote; |
| a Non-U.S. Holder is a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is related to us (directly or indirectly) through stock ownership; |
| a Non-U.S. Holder is a bank extending credit under a loan agreement in the ordinary course of its trade or business; |
| the payments on the notes are determined by reference to the income, profits, changes in the value of property or other attributes of the debtor or a related party (other than payments that are based on the value of a security or index of securities that are, and will continue to be, actively traded within the meaning of |
PS-37
Section 1092(d) of the Code, and that are not nor will be a United States real property interest as described in Section 897(c)(1) or 897(g) of the Code); or |
| the Non-U.S. Holder does not satisfy the certification requirements described below. |
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will satisfy the certification requirements if either: (A) the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to us or our agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is a non-United States person and provides its name and address (which certification may generally be made on an IRS Form W-8BEN, or a successor form), or (B) a securities clearing organization, bank, or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business (a financial institution) and holds the notes certifies to us or our agent under penalties of perjury that either it or another financial institution has received the required statement from the Non-U.S. Holder certifying that it is a non-United States person and furnishes us with a copy of the statement.
Payments not meeting the requirements set forth above and thus subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax may nevertheless be exempt from withholding (or subject to withholding at a reduced rate) if the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding under the benefit of a tax treaty, or IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that income on the notes is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. as discussed below. To claim benefits under an income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder must obtain a taxpayer identification number and certify as to its eligibility under the appropriate treatys limitations on benefits article, if applicable. In addition, special rules may apply to claims for treaty benefits made by Non-U.S. Holders that are entities rather than individuals. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
If a Non-U.S. Holder of the notes is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. and if interest (including any OID) on the notes, or gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the notes, is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the U.S.), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that the applicable certification requirements are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such interest (including any OID) or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder. Non-U.S. Holders should read the material under the heading U.S. HoldersIncome Tax Considerations, for a description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of the notes. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty) of a portion of its earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., subject to certain adjustments.
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
Under current law, the notes should generally not be includible in the estate of a Non-U.S. Holder unless the individual actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote or, at the time of the individuals death, payments in respect of that note would have been effectively connected with the conduct by the individual of a trade or business in the U.S.
PS-38
Backup Withholding and Reporting
In general, in the case of a U.S. Holder, other than certain exempt holders, we and other payors are required to report to the IRS all payments of principal, any premium, and interest on the notes, and the accrual of OID. In addition, we and other payors generally are required to report to the IRS any payment of proceeds of the sale of the notes before maturity. Additionally, backup withholding generally will apply to any payments, including payments of OID, if a U.S. Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and certify that the taxpayer identification number is correct, the U.S. Holder is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns or a U.S. Holder does not certify that it has not underreported its interest and dividend income.
In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to payments made if the Non-U.S. Holder provides the required certification that it is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the payor or withholding agent does not have actual knowledge that the holder is a United States person, or that the conditions of any exemption are not satisfied.
In addition, payments of the proceeds from the sale of the notes to or through a foreign office of a broker or the foreign office of a custodian, nominee, or other dealer acting on behalf of a holder generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, if the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer is a United States person, the government of the U.S. or the government of any state or political subdivision of any state, or any agency or instrumentality of any of these governmental units, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign partnership that is either engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. or whose U.S. partners in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income for a certain period is effectively connected with a trade or business within the U.S., or a U.S. branch of a foreign bank or insurance company, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will be required with respect to payments made to a holder unless the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has documentation of the holders foreign status and the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has no actual knowledge to the contrary.
Payment of the proceeds from a sale of the notes to or through the U.S. office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the holder certifies as to its non-United States person status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a holders U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Applicable Treasury regulations require taxpayers that participate in reportable transactions to disclose their participation to the IRS by attaching Form 8886 to their tax returns and to retain a copy of all documents and records related to the transaction. In addition, material advisors with respect to such a transaction may be required to file returns and maintain records, including lists identifying investors in the transaction, and to furnish those records to the IRS upon demand. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based on any of several criteria, one or more of which may be present with respect to an investment in the notes. Whether an investment in the notes constitutes a reportable transaction for any investor depends on the investors particular circumstances. The Treasury regulations provide that, in addition to certain other transactions, a loss transaction constitutes a reportable transaction. A loss transaction is any transaction resulting in the taxpayer claiming a loss
PS-39
under Section 165 of the Code, in an amount equal to or in excess of certain threshold amounts, subject to certain exceptions. Investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning any possible disclosure obligation they may have for their investment in the notes and should be aware that, should any material advisor determine that the return filing or investor list maintenance requirements apply to this transaction, they would be required to comply with these requirements.
Each fiduciary of a pension, profit-sharing, or other employee benefit plan subject to ERISA (a Plan), should consider the fiduciary standards of ERISA in the context of the Plans particular circumstances before authorizing an investment in the notes. Accordingly, among other factors, the fiduciary should consider whether the investment would satisfy the prudence and diversification requirements of ERISA and would be consistent with the documents and instruments governing the Plan.
In addition, we and certain of our subsidiaries and affiliates, including MLPF&S, may be each considered a party in interest within the meaning of ERISA, or a disqualified person within the meaning of the Code, with respect to many Plans, as well as many individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans (also Plans). Prohibited transactions within the meaning of ERISA or the Code would likely arise, for example, if the notes are acquired by or with the assets of a Plan with respect to which MLPF&S or any of our other affiliates is a party in interest, unless the notes are acquired under an exemption from the prohibited transaction rules. A violation of these prohibited transaction rules could result in an excise tax or other liabilities under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code for such persons, unless exemptive relief is available under an applicable statutory or administrative exemption.
Under ERISA and various PTCEs issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, exemptive relief may be available for direct or indirect prohibited transactions resulting from the purchase, holding, or disposition of the notes. Those exemptions are PTCE 96-23 (for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), PTCE 95-60 (for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTCE 91-38 (for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds), PTCE 90-1 (for certain transactions involving insurance company separate accounts), PTCE 84-14 (for certain transactions determined by independent qualified asset managers), and the exemption under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for certain arms-length transactions with a person that is a party in interest solely by reason of providing services to Plans or being an affiliate of such a service provider (the Service Provider Exemption).
Because we may be considered a party in interest with respect to many Plans, the notes may not be purchased, held, or disposed of by any Plan, any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of any Plans investment in the entity (a Plan Asset Entity) or any person investing plan assets of any Plan, unless such purchase, holding, or disposition is eligible for exemptive relief, including relief available under PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1, or 84-14 or the Service Provider Exemption, or such purchase, holding, or disposition is otherwise not prohibited. Any purchaser, including any fiduciary purchasing on behalf of a Plan, transferee or holder of the notes will be deemed to have represented, in its corporate and its fiduciary capacity, by its purchase and holding of the notes that either (a) it is not a Plan or a Plan Asset Entity and is not purchasing such notes on behalf of or with plan assets of any Plan or with any assets of a governmental, church, or foreign plan that is subject to any federal, state, local, or foreign law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (b) its purchase, holding, and disposition are eligible for exemptive relief or such purchase, holding, and disposition are not prohibited by ERISA or
PS-40
Section 4975 of the Code (or in the case of a governmental, church, or foreign plan, any substantially similar federal, state, local, or foreign law).
The fiduciary investment considerations summarized above generally apply to employee benefit plans maintained by private-sector employers and to individual retirement accounts and other arrangements subject to Section 4975 of the Code, but generally do not apply to governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), and foreign plans (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA). However, these other plans may be subject to similar provisions under applicable federal, state, local, foreign, or other regulations, rules, or laws (similar laws). The fiduciaries of plans subject to similar laws should also consider the foregoing issues in general terms as well as any further issues arising under the applicable similar laws.
Purchasers of the notes have exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their purchase, holding, and disposition of the notes do not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA or the Code or any similar regulations applicable to governmental or church plans, as described above.
This discussion is a general summary of some of the rules which apply to benefit plans and their related investment vehicles. This summary does not include all of the investment considerations relevant to Plans and other benefit plan investors such as governmental, church, and foreign plans and should not be construed as legal advice or a legal opinion. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries or other persons considering purchasing the notes on behalf of or with plan assets of any Plan or other benefit plan investor consult with their legal counsel prior to directing any such purchase.
PS-41
Medium-Term Notes, Series L
We may offer from time to time our Bank of America Corporation Medium-Term Notes, Series L. The specific terms of any notes that we offer will be determined before each sale and will be described in a separate product supplement, index supplement and/or pricing supplement (each, a supplement). Terms may include:
We may sell notes to the selling agents as principal for resale at varying or fixed offering prices or through the selling agents as agents using their best efforts on our behalf. We also may sell the notes directly to investors.
We may use this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in the initial sale of any notes. In addition, Banc of America Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or any of our other affiliates, may use this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in a market-making transaction in any notes after their initial sale. Unless we or one of our selling agents informs you otherwise in the confirmation of sale, this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are being used in a market-making transaction.
Unless otherwise specified in the applicable supplement, we do not intend to list the notes on any securities exchange.
Investing in the notes involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page S-4.
Our notes are unsecured and are not savings accounts, deposits, or other obligations of a bank. Our notes are not guaranteed by Bank of America, N.A. or any other bank, are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency, and involve investment risks.
None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission, or any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these notes or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Banc of America Securities LLC |
Banc of America Investment Services, Inc. |
Merrill Lynch & Co.
Prospectus Supplement to Prospectus dated April 20, 2009
April 21, 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S-2
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
We have registered the notes on a registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Registration No. 333-158663.
From time to time, we intend to use this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, and a related product supplement, index supplement and/or pricing supplement to offer the notes. We may refer to any pricing supplement as a term sheet. You should read each of these documents before investing in the notes.
This prospectus supplement describes additional terms of the notes and supplements the description of our debt securities contained in the accompanying prospectus. If the information in this prospectus supplement is inconsistent with the prospectus, this prospectus supplement will supersede the information in the prospectus.
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the notes in any jurisdiction in which that offer or solicitation is unlawful. The distribution of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the offering of the notes in some jurisdictions may be restricted by law. If you have received this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, you should find out about and observe these restrictions. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the distribution of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the offering of the notes outside of the United States. See Supplemental Plan of Distribution.
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus have been prepared on the basis that any offer of notes in any member state of the European Economic Area (each, a Relevant Member State) which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC) (the Prospectus Directive) will be made under an exemption under the Prospectus Directive, as implemented in that Relevant Member State, from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of notes. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of any notes which are contemplated in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the selling agents to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive, in each case, in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the selling agents have authorized, and neither we nor they authorize, the making of any offer of notes in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or any selling agent to publish or supplement a prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither this prospectus supplement nor the accompanying prospectus constitutes an approved prospectus for the purposes of the Prospective Directive.
For each offering of notes, we will issue a product supplement, index supplement, and/or a pricing supplement which will contain additional terms of the offering and a specific description of the notes being offered. A supplement also may add, update, or change information in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, including provisions describing the calculation of the amounts due under the notes and the method of making payments under the terms of a note. We will state in the applicable supplement the interest rate or interest rate basis or formula, issue price, any relevant market measures, the maturity date, interest payment dates, redemption, or repayment provisions, if any, and other relevant terms and conditions for each note at the time of issuance. A supplement also may include a discussion of any risk factors or other special additional considerations that apply to a particular type of note. Each applicable supplement can be quite detailed and always should be read carefully.
Any term that is used, but not defined, in this prospectus supplement has the meaning set forth in the accompanying prospectus.
S-3
Your investment in the notes involves significant risks. Your decision to purchase the notes should be made only after carefully considering the risks of an investment in the notes, including those discussed below, in the accompanying prospectus beginning on page 8, and in the relevant supplement(s) for the specific notes, with your advisors in light of your particular circumstances. The notes are not an appropriate investment for you if you are not knowledgeable about significant elements of the notes or financial matters in general. For information regarding risks and uncertainties that may materially affect our business and results, please refer to the information under the captions Item 1A. Risk Factors and Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, which is incorporated by reference in the accompanying prospectus. You should also review the risk factors that will be set forth in other documents that we will file after the date of this prospectus supplement.
The market value of the notes may be less than the principal amount of the notes.
The market for, and market value of, the notes may be affected by a number of factors. These factors include:
| the time remaining to maturity of the notes; |
| the aggregate amount outstanding of the relevant notes; |
| any redemption or exchange features of the notes; |
| the level, direction, and volatility of market interest rates generally; |
| general economic conditions of the capital markets in the United States; |
| geopolitical conditions and other financial, political, regulatory, and judicial events that affect the stock markets generally; and |
| any market-making activities with respect to the notes. |
Often, the only way to liquidate your investment in the notes prior to maturity will be to sell the notes. At that time, there may be a very illiquid market for the notes or no market at all. For indexed notes that have specific investment objectives or strategies, the applicable market may be more limited, and the price may be more volatile, than for other notes. The market value of indexed notes may be adversely affected by the complexity of the formula and volatility of the applicable reference market measure, including any dividend rates or yields of other securities or financial instruments that relate to the indexed notes. Moreover, the market value of indexed notes could be adversely affected by changes in the amount of outstanding equity or other securities linked to those notes.
Holders of indexed notes are subject to important risks that are not associated with more conventional debt securities.
If you invest in indexed notes, you will be subject to significant risks not associated with conventional fixed-rate or floating-rate debt securities. These risks include the possibility that the applicable market measures may be subject to fluctuations, and the possibility that you will receive a lower, or no, amount of principal, premium, or interest, and at different times than expected. In recent years, many securities, currencies, commodities, interest rates, indices, and other market measures have experienced volatility, and this volatility may be expected in the future. However, past experience is not necessarily indicative of what may occur in the future. We have no control over a number of factors, including economic, financial, and political events, that are important in determining the existence, magnitude, and longevity of market volatility and other risks and their impact on the value of, or payments made on, the indexed notes. In
S-4
considering whether to purchase indexed notes, you should be aware that the calculation of amounts payable on indexed notes may involve reference to a market measure determined by one of our affiliates or prices or values that are published solely by third parties or entities which are not regulated by the laws of the United States. Additional risks that you should consider in connection with an investment in indexed notes are set forth in the applicable supplement(s).
Our employees who purchase the notes must comply with policies that limit their ability to trade the notes, and that may affect the value of their notes.
If you are our employee or an employee of one of our affiliates, including one of the selling agents, you may acquire notes for investment purposes only, and you must comply with all of our internal policies and procedures. Because these policies and procedures limit the dates and times that you may effect a transaction in the notes, you may not be able to purchase any of the notes from us, and your ability to trade or sell any of the notes in any secondary market may be limited.
Usury laws may limit the amount of interest that can be charged and paid on the notes.
New York law will govern the notes offered by this prospectus supplement. New York usury laws limit the amount of interest that can be charged and paid on loans, including the notes. Under current New York law, the maximum permissible rate of interest is 25% per year on a simple interest basis. This limit may not apply to notes in which $2,500,000 or more has been invested. While we believe that a U.S. federal or state court sitting outside New York may give effect to New York law, many other states also have laws that regulate the amount of interest that may be charged to and paid by a borrower. We do not intend to claim the benefits of any laws concerning usurious rates of interest.
This section describes the general terms and conditions of the notes, which may be senior or subordinated medium-term notes. This section supplements, and should be read together with, the general description of our debt securities included in Description of Debt Securities in the accompanying prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, you should rely on the information in this prospectus supplement.
We will describe the particular terms of the notes we sell in a separate supplement. The terms and conditions stated in this section will apply to each note unless the note or the applicable supplement indicates otherwise.
The following summary of the terms of the notes and the indentures is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual notes and the specific provisions of the Senior Indenture and the Subordinated Indenture, as applicable.
We will issue the notes as part of a series of debt securities under the Senior Indenture or the Subordinated Indenture, as applicable, which are exhibits to our registration statement and are contracts between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee. In this prospectus supplement, we refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the trustee, and we refer to the Senior Indenture and the Subordinated Indenture individually as the Indenture and together as the Indentures.
The Indentures are subject to, and governed by, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. We, the selling agents, and the depository, in the ordinary course of our respective businesses, have
S-5
conducted and may conduct business with the trustee or its affiliates. See Description of Debt Securities The Indentures in the accompanying prospectus for more information about the Indentures and the functions of the trustee.
The notes are our direct unsecured obligations and are not obligations of our subsidiaries. The notes are being offered on a continuous basis. There is no limit under our registration statement on the total initial public offering price or aggregate principal amount of the Senior and Subordinated Medium-Term Notes, Series L, that may be offered using this prospectus supplement. We may issue other debt securities under the Indentures from time to time in one or more series up to the aggregate principal amount of the then-existing grant of authority by our board of directors.
Unless otherwise provided in the applicable supplement, the minimum denomination of the notes will be $1,000 and any larger amount that is a whole multiple of $1,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies). We may also issue the notes in units of $10.
Fixed-Rate Notes. We may issue notes that bear interest at a fixed rate described in the applicable pricing supplement, which we refer to as fixed-rate notes. We also may issue fixed-rate notes that combine principal and interest payments in installment payments over the life of the note, which we refer to as amortizing notes. For more information on fixed-rate notes and amortizing notes, see Description of Debt Securities Fixed-Rate Notes in the accompanying prospectus.
Floating-Rate Notes. We may issue notes that bear interest at a floating rate of interest determined by reference to one or more base interest rates, or by reference to one or more interest rate formulae, described in the applicable supplement, which we refer to as floating-rate notes. In some cases, the interest rate of a floating-rate note also may be adjusted by adding or subtracting a spread or by multiplying the interest rate by a spread multiplier. A floating-rate note also may be subject to a maximum interest rate limit, or ceiling, and/or a minimum interest rate limit, or floor, on the interest that may accrue during any interest period. For more information on floating-rate notes, including a description of the manner in which interest payments will be calculated, see Description of Debt Securities Floating-Rate Notes in the accompanying prospectus.
Indexed Notes. We may issue notes that provide that the rate of return, including the principal, premium (if any), interest, or other amounts payable (if any), is determined by reference, either directly or indirectly, to the price or performance of one or more securities, commodities, currencies or composite currencies, interest rates, stock or commodity indices, exchange traded funds, currency indices, consumer price indices, or other market measures, or any combination of the above, in each case as specified in the applicable supplement. We refer to these notes as indexed notes.
If you purchase an indexed note, you may receive an amount at maturity that is greater than or less than the face amount of your note, depending upon the formula used to determine the amount payable and the relative value at maturity of the market measure to which your indexed note is linked. We expect that the value of the applicable market measure will fluctuate over time.
An indexed note may provide either for cash settlement or for physical settlement by delivery of the relevant asset. An indexed note also may provide that the form of settlement may be determined at our option or the holders option. Some indexed notes may be convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable prior to maturity, at our option or the holders option, for the relevant asset or the cash value of the relevant asset.
S-6
We will specify in the applicable supplement the method for determining the principal, premium (if any), interest, or other amounts payable (if any) in respect of particular indexed notes, as well as certain historical or other information with respect to the specified index or other market measure, specific risk factors relating to that particular type of indexed note, and tax considerations associated with an investment in the indexed notes.
A supplement for any particular indexed notes also will identify the calculation agent that will calculate the amounts payable with respect to the indexed note. The calculation agent may be one of our affiliates, including Bank of America, N.A., Banc of America Securities LLC (BAS), Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (MLPF&S), Merrill Lynch Commodities, Inc., or Merrill Lynch Capital Services, Inc. We may appoint different calculation agents from time to time after the original issue date of an indexed note without your consent and without notifying you of the change. Absent manifest error, all determinations of the calculation agent will be final and binding on you, the selling agents, and us. Upon request of the holder of an indexed note, and to the extent set forth in the applicable supplement, the calculation agent will provide, if applicable, information relating to the current principal, premium (if any), rate of interest, interest payable, or other amounts payable (if any) in connection with that indexed note.
For more information about indexed notes, see Description of Debt Securities Indexed Notes in the accompanying prospectus.
Original Issue Discount Notes. We may issue notes at a price lower than their principal amount or lower than their minimum guaranteed repayment amount at maturity, which we refer to as original issue discount notes. Original issue discount notes may be fixed-rate, floating- rate, or indexed notes and may bear no interest (zero coupon notes) or may bear interest at a rate that is below market rates at the time of issuance. For more information on original issue discount notes, see Description of Debt Securities Original Issue Discount Notes in the accompanying prospectus.
Specific Terms of the Notes. The applicable supplement(s) for each offering of notes will contain additional terms of the offering and a specific description of those notes, including:
| the specific designation of the notes; |
| the issue price; |
| the principal amount; |
| the issue date; |
| the maturity date, and any terms providing for the extension or postponement of the maturity date; |
| the denominations or minimum denominations, if other than $1,000; |
| the currency or currencies, if not U.S. dollars, in which payments will be made on the notes; |
| whether the note is a fixed-rate note, a floating-rate note, or an indexed note; |
| whether the note is senior or subordinated; |
| the method of determining and paying interest, including any applicable interest rate basis or bases, any initial interest rate, any interest reset dates, any payment dates, any index maturity, and any maximum or minimum rate of interest; |
| any spread or spread multiplier applicable to a floating-rate note or an indexed note; |
| the method for the calculation and payment of principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any); |
S-7
| for exchangeable notes, the securities, or other property for which the notes may be exchanged, the rate of exchange, whether the notes are exchangeable at your option or our option, and other terms of the exchangeable notes; |
| if applicable, the circumstances under which the note may be redeemed at our option or repaid at your option prior to the maturity date set forth on the face of the note, including any repayment date, redemption commencement date, redemption price, and redemption period; |
| if applicable, the circumstances under which the maturity date set forth on the face of the note may be extended at our option or renewed at your option, including the extension or renewal periods and the final maturity date; |
| whether the notes will be listed on any stock exchange; and |
| if applicable, any other material terms of the note which are different from those described in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. |
Each note will mature on a business day (as defined in the accompanying prospectus) three or more months from the issue date. Unless we specify otherwise in the supplement, the record dates for any interest payments for book-entry notes denominated in U.S. dollars will be one business day (in Charlotte, North Carolina and New York City) prior to the applicable payment date, and for any book-entry notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be the fifteenth calendar day preceding the applicable payment date.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
Payment of Principal, Interest, and Other Amounts Due
Paying Agents. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable pricing supplement, the trustee will act as our paying agent, security registrar, and transfer agent with respect to the notes through the trustees corporate trust office. That office is currently located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. If specified in the applicable pricing supplement, with respect to some of our notes, including notes denominated in euro, The Bank of New York Mellon will act as the London paying agent (the London paying agent) through its London branch, which is located at the 48th Floor, One Canada Square, London, E14 5AL. At any time, we may rescind the designation of a paying agent, appoint a successor paying agent, or approve a change in the office through which any successor paying agent acts in accordance with the applicable Indenture. In addition, we may decide to act as our own paying agent with respect to some or all of the notes, and the paying agent may resign.
Calculation Agents. The trustee or the London paying agent also will act as the calculation agent for floating-rate notes, unless otherwise specified in the applicable pricing supplement. We will identify the calculation agent for any indexed notes in the applicable pricing supplement. The calculation agent will be responsible for calculating the interest rate, reference rates, principal, premium (if any), interest, or other amounts payable (if any) applicable to the floating-rate notes or indexed notes, as the case may be, and for certain other related matters. The calculation agent, at the request of the holder of any floating-rate note, will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if already determined, the interest rate that is to take effect on the next interest reset date, as described below, for the floating-rate note. At the request of the holder of any floating-rate note that is an indexed note, and to the extent set forth in the applicable supplement, the calculation agent will provide the reference rate or formula then in effect. We may replace any calculation agent or elect to act as the calculation agent for some or all of the notes, and the calculation agent may resign.
S-8
Manner of Payment. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable pricing supplement, we will pay principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any) on the notes in book-entry form in accordance with arrangements then in place between the applicable paying agent and the applicable depository. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable pricing supplement, we will pay any interest on notes in certificated form on each interest payment date other than the maturity date by check mailed to holders of the notes on the applicable record date at the address appearing on our records. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable pricing supplement, we will pay any principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any) at the maturity date of a note in certificated form by wire transfer of immediately available funds upon surrender of the note at the corporate trust office of the trustee or the London paying agent, as applicable.
Currency Conversions and Payments on Notes Denominated in Currencies Other than U.S. Dollars. For any notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the initial investors will be required to pay for the notes in that foreign currency. The applicable selling agent may arrange for the conversion of U.S. dollars into the applicable foreign currency to facilitate payment for the notes by U.S. purchasers electing to make the initial payment in U.S. dollars. Any such conversion will be made by that selling agent on the terms and subject to the conditions, limitations, and charges as it may establish from time to time in accordance with its regular foreign exchange procedures, and subject to United States laws and regulations. All costs of any such conversion for the initial purchase of the notes will be borne by the initial investors using those conversion arrangements.
We generally will pay principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any) on notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars in the applicable foreign currency. Holders of beneficial interests in notes through a participant in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will receive payments in U.S. dollars, unless they elect to receive payments on those notes in the applicable foreign currency. If a holder through DTC does not make an election to receive payments in the applicable foreign currency, the trustee will convert payments to that holder into U.S. dollars, and all costs of those conversions will be borne by that holder by deduction from the applicable payments.
For holders not electing payment in the applicable foreign currency, the U.S. dollar amount of any payment will be the amount of the applicable foreign currency otherwise payable, converted into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate prevailing as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second business day prior to the relevant payment dates, less any costs incurred by the trustee for that conversion. The costs of those conversions will be shared pro rata among the holders of beneficial interests in the applicable global notes receiving U.S. dollar payments in the proportion of their respective holdings. The trustee will make those conversions in accordance with the terms of the applicable note and with any applicable arrangements between us and the trustee.
If an exchange rate quotation is unavailable from the entity or source ordinarily used by the trustee in the normal course of business, the trustee will obtain a quotation from a leading foreign exchange bank in New York City, which may be an affiliate of the trustee or another entity selected by the trustee for that purpose after consultation with us. If no quotation from a leading foreign exchange bank is available, payment will be made in the applicable foreign currency to the account or accounts specified by DTC to the trustee, unless the applicable foreign currency is unavailable due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond our control. If payment on a note is required to be made in a currency other than U.S. dollars and that currency is unavailable due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond our control, or is no longer used by the government of the relevant country or for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking community (and is not replaced by another currency), then all payments on that note will be made in U.S. dollars on the basis of the most recently available market exchange rate for the
S-9
applicable foreign currency. Any payment on a note so made in U.S. dollars will not constitute an event of default under the applicable notes.
The holder of a beneficial interest in global notes held through a DTC participant may elect to receive payments on those notes in a foreign currency by notifying the DTC participant through which it holds its beneficial interests on or prior to the fifteenth business day prior to the record date for the applicable notes of (1) that holders election to receive all or a portion of the payment in the applicable foreign currency and (2) wire transfer instructions to an account for the applicable foreign currency outside the United States. DTC must be notified of that election and wire transfer instructions (a) on or prior to the fifth business day after the record date for any payment of interest and (b) on or prior to the tenth business day prior to the date for any payment of principal. DTC will notify the trustee of the election and wire transfer instructions (1) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the fifth business day after the record date for any payment of interest and (2) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the tenth business day prior to the date for any payment of principal. If complete instructions are forwarded to and received by DTC through a DTC participant and forwarded by DTC to the trustee and received on or prior to the dates described above, the holder will receive payment in the applicable foreign currency outside DTC; otherwise, only U.S. dollar payments will be made by the trustee to DTC.
For purposes of the above discussion about currency conversions and payments on notes denominated in a foreign currency, the term business day means any weekday that is not a legal holiday in New York, New York or Charlotte, North Carolina and is not a day on which banking institutions in those cities are authorized or required by law or regulation to be closed.
For information regarding risks associated with foreign currencies and exchange rates, see Risk Factors Currency Risks in the accompanying prospectus.
Payment of Additional Amounts. If we so specify in the applicable pricing supplement, additional amounts will be payable to a beneficial holder of notes that is a non-U.S. person. Our obligation to pay additional amounts to non-U.S. persons is subject to the limitations described under Description of Debt Securities Payment of Additional Amounts in the accompanying prospectus. If we so specify in the applicable pricing supplement, we may redeem the notes in whole, but not in part, at any time before maturity if we have or will become obligated to pay additional amounts as a result of a change in, or amendment to, U.S. tax laws or regulations, as described under Description of Debt Securities Redemption for Tax Reasons in the accompanying prospectus.
For more information about payment procedures, including payments in a currency other than U.S. dollars, see Description of Debt Securities Payment of Principal, Interest, and Other Amounts Due in the accompanying prospectus.
Under United States law, claims of our subsidiaries creditors, including their depositors, would be entitled to priority over the claims of our unsecured general creditors, including holders of our senior or subordinated notes, in the event of our liquidation or other resolution.
Senior Notes. The senior notes will be unsecured and will rank equally with all our other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations from time to time outstanding, except obligations, including deposit liabilities, that are subject to any priorities or preferences by law.
The Senior Indenture and the senior notes do not contain any limitation on the amount of obligations that we may incur in the future.
Subordinated Notes. Our indebtedness evidenced by the subordinated notes, including the principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any) will be subordinate
S-10
and junior in right of payment to all of our senior indebtedness from time to time outstanding. Payment of principal of our subordinated indebtedness, including any subordinated notes, may not be accelerated if there is a default in the payment of amounts due under, or a default in any of our other covenants applicable to, our subordinated indebtedness.
The Subordinated Indenture and the subordinated notes do not contain any limitation on the amount of obligations ranking senior to the subordinated notes, or the amount of obligations ranking equally with the subordinated notes, that we may incur in the future.
For more information about our subordinated notes, see Description of Debt Securities Subordination in the accompanying prospectus.
The applicable supplement will indicate whether we have the option to redeem notes prior to their maturity date. If we may redeem the notes prior to maturity, the applicable supplement will indicate the redemption price and method for redemption. See also Description of Debt Securities Redemption in the accompanying prospectus.
The applicable supplement will indicate whether the notes can be repaid at the holders option prior to their maturity date. If the notes may be repaid prior to maturity, the applicable supplement will indicate the amount at which we will repay the notes and the procedure for repayment.
We have the ability to reopen, or increase after the issuance date, the principal amount of a particular tranche or series of our notes without notice to the holders of existing notes by selling additional notes having the same terms. However, any new notes of this kind may have a different offering price.
We may issue notes for which the maturity date may be extended at our option or renewed at the option of the holder for one or more specified periods, up to but not beyond the final maturity date stated in the note. The specific terms of and any additional considerations relating to extendible or renewable notes will be set forth in the applicable supplement.
Any provisions with respect to the determination of an interest rate basis, the specification of interest rate basis, the calculation of the applicable interest rate, the amounts payable at maturity, interest payment dates, or any other related matters for a particular tranche of notes, may be modified as described in the applicable supplement.
We, or our affiliates, may purchase at any time our notes in the open market at prevailing prices or in private transactions at negotiated prices. If we purchase notes in this manner, we have the discretion to either hold, resell, or cancel any repurchased notes.
Form, Exchange, Registration, and Transfer of Notes
We will issue each note in book-entry only form. This means that we will not issue actual notes or certificates to each beneficial owner. Instead, the notes will be in the form of a global note,
S-11
in fully registered form, registered and held in the name of the applicable depository or a nominee of that depository. For notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the notes may be issued in the form of two global notes, each in fully registered form, one of which will be deposited with DTC, or its custodian, and one of which will be deposited with a common depository for Euroclear Bank SA/NV (Euroclear) and/or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (Clearstream). Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable pricing supplement, the depository for the notes will be DTC. DTC, Euroclear, and Clearstream, as depositories for global securities, and some of their policies and procedures are described under Registration and Settlement Depositories for Global Securities in the accompanying prospectus. For more information about book-entry only notes and the procedures for registration, settlement, exchange, and transfer of book-entry only notes, see Description of Debt Securities Form and Denomination of Debt Securities and Registration and Settlement in the accompanying prospectus.
If we ever issue notes in certificated form, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, those notes will be in registered form, and the exchange, registration, or transfer of those notes will be governed by the applicable Indenture and the procedures described under Description of Debt Securities Exchange, Registration, and Transfer and Registration and Settlement Registration, Transfer, and Payment of Certificated Securities in the accompanying prospectus.
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
For a brief description of the tax effects of an investment in the notes, see U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations on page 60 of the accompanying prospectus and the subsection Taxation of Debt Securities of that section. Special U.S. federal income tax rules are applicable to certain types of notes we may issue under this prospectus supplement, including indexed notes and notes in bearer form. The material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to any notes we issue, the tax treatment of which is not addressed in the accompanying prospectus, will be discussed in the applicable supplement.
You should consult with your own tax advisor before investing in the notes.
SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We are offering the notes for sale on a continuing basis through the selling agents. The selling agents may act either on a principal basis or on an agency basis. We may offer the notes at varying prices relating to prevailing market prices at the time of resale, as determined by the selling agents, or, if so specified in the applicable pricing supplement, for resale at a fixed public offering price. The applicable pricing supplement will set forth the initial price for the notes, or whether they will be sold at varying prices.
If we sell notes on an agency basis, we will pay a commission to the selling agent to be negotiated at the time of sale. The commission will be determined at the time of sale and will be specified in the applicable pricing supplement. Each selling agent will use its reasonable best efforts when we request it to solicit purchases of the notes as our agent.
Unless otherwise agreed and specified in the applicable pricing supplement, if notes are sold to a selling agent acting as principal, for its own account, or for resale to one or more investors or other purchasers, including other broker-dealers, then any notes so sold will be purchased by that selling agent at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes less a commission that will be a percentage of the principal amount determined as described above. Notes sold in this manner may be resold by the selling agent to investors and other purchasers from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or the notes may be resold to other dealers for resale to investors. The selling agents may allow any portion of the discount received
S-12
in connection with the purchase from us to the dealers, but the discount allowed to any dealer will not be in excess of the discount to be received by the selling agent from us. After the initial public offering of notes, the selling agent may change the public offering price or the discount allowed to dealers.
We also may sell notes directly to investors, without the involvement of any selling agent. In this case, we would not be obligated to pay any commission or discount in connection with the sale, and we would receive 100% of the principal amount of the notes so sold, unless otherwise specified in the applicable pricing supplement.
We will name any selling agents or other persons through which we sell any notes, as well as any commissions or discounts payable to those selling agents or other persons, in the applicable pricing supplement. As of the date of this prospectus supplement, the selling agents are BAS, Banc of America Investment Services, Inc. (BAI), MLPF&S, and First Republic Securities Company, LLC (First Republic). These selling agents have entered into a distribution agreement with us that describes the offering of notes by those selling agents as our agents and as principals. We also may accept offers to purchase notes through additional selling agents on substantially the same terms and conditions, including commissions, as would apply to purchases through the selling agents under the distribution agreement. If a selling agent purchases notes as principal, that selling agent usually will be required to enter into a separate purchase agreement for the notes, and may be referred to in that purchase agreement and the applicable pricing supplement, along with any other selling agents, as underwriters.
We have the right to withdraw, cancel, or modify the offer made by this prospectus supplement without notice. We will have the sole right to accept offers to purchase notes, and we, in our absolute discretion, may reject any proposed purchase of notes in whole or in part. Each selling agent will have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to reject in whole or in part any proposed purchase of notes through that selling agent.
Any selling agent participating in the distribution of the notes may be considered to be an underwriter, as that term is defined in the Securities Act. We have agreed to indemnify each selling agent and certain other persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the selling agents may be required to make. We also have agreed to reimburse the selling agents for certain expenses.
The notes will not have an established trading market when issued, and we do not intend to list the notes on any securities exchange, unless otherwise specified in the applicable pricing supplement. Any selling agent may purchase and sell notes in the secondary market from time to time. However, no selling agent is obligated to do so, and any selling agent may discontinue making a market in the notes at any time without notice. There is no assurance that there will be a secondary market for any of the notes.
To facilitate offerings of the notes by a selling agent that purchases notes as principal, and in accordance with industry practice, selling agents may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the notes. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate-covering transactions, and imposing penalty bids to reclaim selling concessions allowed to a member of the syndicate or to a dealer, as follows:
| An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the offered securities for the selling agents own account. |
| A selling agent may place a stabilizing bid to purchase a note for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of that note. |
| Selling agents may engage in syndicate-covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the notes by bidding for, and purchasing, the notes or any other |
S-13
securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering. |
| The selling agent that serves as syndicate manager may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when offered securities originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in syndicate- covering transactions, in stabilization transactions, or otherwise. |
Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The selling agents are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
BAS, BAI, MLPF&S, and First Republic, each a selling agent and one of our affiliates, are broker-dealers and members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. Each initial offering and any remarketing of notes involving any of our broker-dealer affiliates, including BAS, BAI, MLPF&S, and First Republic, will be conducted in compliance with the requirements of Rule 2720 of the NASD Conduct Rules adopted by FINRA regarding the offer and sale of securities of an affiliate. Following the initial distribution of any notes, our affiliates, including BAS, MLPF&S, and First Republic, may buy and sell the notes in market-making transactions as part of their business as a broker-dealer. Resales of this kind may occur in the open market or may be privately negotiated at prevailing market prices at the time of sale. Notes may be sold in connection with a remarketing after their purchase by one or more firms. Any of our affiliates may act as principal or agent in these transactions.
This prospectus supplement may be used by one or more of our affiliates in connection with offers and sales related to market-making transactions in the notes, including block positioning and block trades, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Any of our affiliates may act as principal or agent in these transactions. None of BAS, BAI, MLPF&S, First Republic, or any other member of FINRA participating in the distribution of the notes will execute a transaction in the notes in a discretionary account without specific prior written approval of the customer.
Notes sold in market-making transactions include notes issued after the date of this prospectus supplement as well as previously-issued securities. Information about the trade and settlement dates, as well as the purchase price, for a market-making transaction will be provided to the purchaser in a separate confirmation of sale. Unless we or one of our selling agents informs you in the confirmation of sale that notes are being purchased in an original offering and sale, you may assume that you are purchasing the notes in a market-making transaction.
BAS, BAI, MLPF&S, First Republic, and other selling agents that we may name in the future, or their affiliates, have engaged, and may in the future engage, in investment banking, commercial banking, and financial advisory transactions with us and our affiliates. These transactions are in the ordinary course of business for the selling agents and us and our respective affiliates. In these transactions, the selling agents or their affiliates receive customary fees and expenses.
Although we expect that delivery of the notes generally will be made against payment on or about the third business day following the date of any contract for sale, we may specify a shorter or a longer settlement cycle in the applicable pricing supplement. Under Rule 15c6-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to a trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, if we have specified a longer settlement cycle in the applicable pricing supplement for an offering of securities, purchasers who wish to trade those securities on the date of the contract for sale, or on one or more of the next succeeding business days as we will specify in the applicable pricing supplement, will be required, by virtue of the fact that those securities will settle in more than T+3, to specify an alternative settlement cycle at the time of the trade to prevent a failed settlement and should consult their own advisors in connection with that election.
S-14
General. Each of the selling agents, severally and not jointly, has represented and agreed that it has not and will not offer, sell, or deliver any note, directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, or any other offering material relating to any of the notes, in any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the distribution agreement.
Argentina. We have not made, and will not make, any application to obtain an authorization from the Comisión Nacional de Valores (the CNV) for the public offering of the notes in Argentina. The CNV has not approved the terms and conditions of the notes, their issuance or offering, this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, or any other document relating to the offering of the notes. The selling agents have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any of the notes in Argentina, except in transactions that will not constitute a public offering of securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Argentine Public Offering Law N° 17,811. Argentine insurance companies may not purchase the notes.
Australia. No prospectus, disclosure document or product disclosure or product disclosure statement (as these terms are defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act) in relation to the notes has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or the Australian Securities Exchange. Each selling agent has represented and agreed that it:
(a) | has not offered or invited applications, and will not offer or invite applications, for the issue, sale, or purchase of the notes in Australia (including an offer or invitation which is received by a person in Australia); and |
(b) | has not distributed or published and will not distribute or publish, any draft, preliminary or definitive information memorandum, advertisement, or other offering material relating to the notes in Australia, unless: |
(1) | the minimum aggregate consideration payable (calculated if necessary in accordance with the regulation 7.1.18 of the Corporations Regulation 2001) for the notes by each offeree or invitee on acceptance is at least A$500,000 (or equivalent in other currencies, but disregarding moneys lent by the offeror (as determined under Section 700(3) of the Corporations Act)) or its associates (as determined under sections 10 and 17 of the Corporations Act)) or the offer or invitation otherwise does not by virtue of section 708 of the Corporations Act require disclosure to investors under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act and is not made to a retail client (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act); and |
(2) | such action complies with all applicable laws, regulations, and directives. |
We are not authorized under the Banking Act 1959 of the Commonwealth of Australia (the Banking Act) to carry on banking business and are not subject to prudential supervision by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority. The notes are not Deposit Liabilities under the Banking Act. We are the holding corporation of Bank of America, N.A.
Brazil. The information contained in this prospectus supplement or in the accompanying prospectus does not constitute a public offering or distribution of securities in Brazil and no registration or filing with respect to any securities or financial products described in these documents has been made with the Comissãu de Valores Mobiliários (the CVM). No public offer of securities or financial products described in this prospectus supplement or in the accompanying prospectus should be made in Brazil without the applicable registration at the CVM.
S-15
Chile. The notes have not been registered with the Superintendency of Securities and Insurance of Chile, and the notes may not be publicly offered in Chile, within the meaning of Chilean Law.
The Peoples Republic of China. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus have not been filed with or approved by the Peoples Republic of China (for such purposes, not including Hong Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions or Taiwan) authorities, and is not an offer of securities (whether public offering or private placement) within the meaning of the Securities Law or other pertinent laws and regulations of the Peoples Republic of China. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus shall not be offered to the general public if used within the Peoples Republic of China, and the notes so offered cannot be sold to anyone that is not a qualified purchaser of the Peoples Republic of China. Each selling agent has represented, warranted and agreed that the notes are not being offered or sold and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Peoples Republic of China, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each selling agent has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), it has not made and will not make an offer of the notes which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of such notes to the public in that Relevant Member State:
(a) | at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
(b) | at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last (or in the case of Sweden, last two) financial year(s); (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last (or in the case of Sweden, last two) annual or consolidated accounts; |
(c) | at any time to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant selling agent or selling agents; or |
(d) | at any time in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, |
provided that no such offer of notes referred to in (a) to (d) above shall require us or any selling agent to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of notes to the public in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
S-16
France. No prospectus approved by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers has been prepared in connection with any offer of the notes. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus is made available to you on the condition that it shall not be passed on to any person, nor reproduced (in whole or in part). This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus have been made available in France only to permitted investors consisting of (1) persons or entities licensed to perform the investment service of portfolio management on behalf of third parties (gestion de portefeuille pour le compte de tiers), (2) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, and/or (3) corporate investors meeting the conditions set out in article D. 341-1 of the Code monétaire et financier and belonging to a restricted circle of less than 100 investors, acting for their own account, each acting under the conditions set out in Article D. 411-1, D. 411-2, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Code monétaire et financier.
The direct or indirect resale or offer of the notes issued by us to the public in France may be made only as provided by Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1, and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Code monétaire et financier and applicable regulations thereunder.
Hong Kong. Each selling agent has represented and agreed that:
(a) | it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the Peoples Republic of China (Hong Kong), by means of any document, any notes other than (i) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (the SFO) and any rules made under the SFO, or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (the CO) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO; and |
(b) | it has not issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, any advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the notes, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the notes that are or are intended to be disposed of (i) only to persons outside Hong Kong or (ii) only to professional investors as defined in the SFO and any rules made under the SFO. |
Italy. The offering of the notes has not been registered with CONSOB - Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (the Italian Companies and Exchange Commission) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no notes may be offered, sold or delivered, nor may copies of this document or of any other document relating to the notes be distributed in the Republic of Italy except: (i) to qualified investors (operatori qualificati), as defined in Article 31, second paragraph of CONSOB Regulation number 11522 of 1 July 1998, as amended (Regulation No. 11522); and (ii) in circumstances which are exempt from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decrees No. 58 of 24 February 1998, as amended (the Consolidated Financial Law) and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of 14 May 1999, as amended (Regulation No. 11971).
Any offer, sale, or delivery of the notes or distribution of copies of this document or any other document relating to the notes in the Republic of Italy under (i) or (ii) above must be: (a) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in the Republic of Italy in accordance with the Consolidated Financial Law, Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993, as amended (the Consolidated Banking Act), and Regulation No. 11522; and (b) in compliance with any other applicable laws and regulations.
S-17
Please note that in accordance with Article 100-bis of the Financial Services Act, concerning the circulation of financial products, where no exemption from the rules on solicitation of investments applies under (i) and (ii) above, the subsequent distribution of the notes on the secondary market in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and the prospectus requirement rules provided under the Financial Services Act and Regulation No. 11971. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such notes being declared null and void and in the liability of the intermediary transferring the financial instruments for any damages suffered by the investors.
The placement of the notes in Italy is subject to the provision of the Bank of Italy pursuant to Article 129 of the Consolidated Banking Act and the implementing instructions of the Bank of Italy.
Japan. Any acquiror of any notes who was solicited to buy the notes in Japan is prohibited from transferring any of the notes to another person in Japan in any way other than to qualified institutional investors, as defined in Article 2, Paragraph 3, Item 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (FIEL). No Securities Registration Statement has been filed pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the FIEL because the offer is made pursuant to the private placement exemption provided for in Article 2, Paragraph 3-2-(ro) of the FIEL. The notes may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to the private placement exemption and otherwise in compliance with such law and other relevant laws and regulations. As used in this paragraph, resident of Japan means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
Mexico. The notes have not been registered under the Mexican Securities Market Law or recorded in the Mexican National Securities Registry. No action may be taken in Mexico that would render any offering of the notes a public offering or a private offering in Mexico, as regulated under the Mexican Securities Market Law. No Mexican regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of the notes or passed on our solvency. In addition, any resale of the notes must be made in a manner that will not constitute a public offering or a private offering in Mexico.
Netherlands. We are not a bank licensed by or registered with the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) pursuant to the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht).
Each selling agent has represented and agreed that it has not made and will not make an offer of the notes to the public in the Netherlands other than to qualified investors (gekwalificeerde beleggers), provided that no such offer of the notes will require the publication by either us or any selling agent of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or of a supplement to a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive. As used in this paragraph, an offer to the public in relation to any notes means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any notes.
Singapore. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus have not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the notes may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the notes be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (b) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in
S-18
Section 275 of the SFA or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, then shares, debentures, and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the notes pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:
(1) | to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures, and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; |
(2) | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or |
(3) | where the transfer is by operation of law. |
Switzerland. The notes may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland except in circumstances that will not result in the offer of the notes being a public offering in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations (CO). Neither this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the notes constitutes a prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a or 1156 CO, and neither this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the notes may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. The notes are not authorized by or registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority as a foreign collective investment scheme. Therefore, investors do not benefit from protection under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes or supervision by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority.
Taiwan. The notes may not be issued, sold, or offered in Taiwan. No subscription or other offer to purchase the notes shall be binding on us until received and accepted by us or any selling agent outside of Taiwan (the Place of Acceptance), and the purchase/sale contract arising therefrom shall be deemed a contract entered into in the Place of Acceptance.
United Kingdom. Each selling agent has represented and agreed, and each further selling agent appointed in connection with the notes will be required to represent and agree, that:
(a) | in relation to any notes which have a maturity of less than one year and where the issue of the notes would otherwise constitute a contravention of section 19 of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 (the FSMA) by us, (i) it is a person whose ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing, or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of its business and (ii) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any of the notes other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing, or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is reasonable to expect will |
S-19
acquire, hold, manage, or dispose of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses; |
(b) | it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any notes in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and |
(c) | it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to any of the notes in, from, or otherwise involving the United Kingdom. |
Uruguay. The notes have not been registered under the Uruguayan Securities Market Law or recorded in the Uruguayan Central Bank. The notes are not available publicly in Uruguay and are offered only on a private basis. No action may be taken in Uruguay that would render any offering of the notes a public offering in Uruguay. No Uruguayan regulatory authority has approved the notes or passed on our solvency. In addition, any resale of the notes must be made in a manner that will not constitute a public offering in Uruguay.
Los valores no han sido registrados bajo la Ley de Mercado de Valores de la República Oriental del Uruguay o registrados ante el Banco Central del Uruguay. Los valores no son ofrecidos en forma pública en Uruguay y lo son únicamente en forma privada. Ninguna acción puede ser adoptada en Uruguay en relación a estos valores que resulte en que esta oferta de valores sea una oferta pública de valores en Uruguay. Ninguna autoridad regulatoria del Uruguay ha aprobado estos valores o se ha manifestado sobre nuestra solvencia. Adicionalmente, cualquier reventa de estos valores debe ser realizada en forma tal que no constituya oferta pública de valores en el Uruguay.
Venezuela. The notes have not been registered with the Comision Nacional de Valores de Venezuela and are not being publicly offered in Venezuela. No document related to the offering of the notes, including this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, shall be interpreted to constitute an offer of securities or an offer or the rendering of any investment advice, securities brokerage, and/or banking services in Venezuela. Investors wishing to acquire the notes may use only funds located outside of Venezuela.
The legality of the notes will be passed upon for us by McGuireWoods LLP, Charlotte, North Carolina, and for the selling agents by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York. McGuireWoods LLP regularly performs legal services for us. Some members of McGuireWoods LLP performing those legal services own shares of our common stock.
S-20
PROSPECTUS
Debt Securities, Warrants, Units, Purchase Contracts, Preferred Stock, Depositary Shares, and Common Stock
We from time to time may offer to sell debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts, preferred stock, depositary shares representing fractional interests in preferred stock, and common stock, as well as units comprised of two or more of these securities or securities of third parties. The debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts, and preferred stock may be convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common or preferred stock or for debt or equity securities of one or more other entities. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol BAC. In addition, our common stock is listed on the London Stock Exchange, and certain shares are listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange.
This prospectus describes the general terms of these securities and the general manner in which we will offer the securities. When we sell a particular series of securities, we will prepare one or more supplements to this prospectus describing the offering and the specific terms of that series of securities. You should read this prospectus and any applicable supplement carefully before you invest.
We may use this prospectus in the initial sale of these securities. In addition, Banc of America Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or any of our other affiliates, may use this prospectus in a market-making transaction in any of these securities after their initial sale. Unless you are informed otherwise in the confirmation of sale, this prospectus is being used in a market-making transaction.
Potential purchasers of our securities should consider the information set forth in the Risk Factors section beginning on page 8.
Our securities are unsecured and are not savings accounts, deposits, or other obligations of a bank, are not guaranteed by Bank of America, N.A. or any other bank, are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency, and may involve investment risks, including possible loss of principal.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Prospectus dated April 20, 2009
2
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, utilizing a shelf registration process. Under this shelf process, we may, from time to time, sell any combination of the securities described in this prospectus or the registration statement in one or more offerings.
This prospectus provides you with a general description of securities we may offer. Each time we sell securities, we will provide one or more prospectus supplements, product supplements, pricing supplements (each of which we may refer to as a term sheet), and/or index supplements that describe the particular securities offering and the specific terms of the securities being offered. These documents also may add, update, or change information contained in this prospectus. In this prospectus, when we refer to the applicable supplement or the accompanying supplement, we mean the prospectus supplement or supplements, as well as any applicable pricing, product, or index supplements, that describe the particular securities being offered to you. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and the applicable supplement, you should rely on the information in the applicable supplement.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. You should rely only on the information provided in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, the accompanying supplement, or documents to which we otherwise refer you. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and the accompanying supplement, as well as information we have filed or will file with the SEC and incorporated by reference in this prospectus, is accurate as of the date of the applicable document or other date referred to in that document. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may have changed since that date.
Unless we indicate otherwise or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this prospectus to Bank of America, we, us, our, or similar references are to Bank of America Corporation excluding its consolidated subsidiaries.
References in this prospectus to $ and dollars are to the currency of the United States of America; and references in this prospectus to and euro are to the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union pursuant to Article 109g of the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union, as amended by the Treaty of Amsterdam.
3
This summary section highlights selected information from this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in the securities we may offer using this prospectus. To fully understand the securities we may offer, you should read carefully:
| this prospectus, which explains the general terms of the securities we may offer; |
| the applicable supplement, which explains the specific terms of the particular securities we are offering, and which may update or change the information in this prospectus; and |
| the documents we refer to in Where You Can Find More Information below for information about us, including our financial statements. |
Bank of America Corporation
Bank of America Corporation is a Delaware corporation, a bank holding company, and a financial holding company. We provide a diversified range of banking and nonbanking financial services and products both domestically and internationally. Our headquarters is located at Bank of America Corporate Center, 100 North Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255 and our telephone number is (704)-386-5681.
The Securities We May Offer
We may use this prospectus to offer any of the following securities from time to time:
| debt securities; |
| warrants; |
| purchase contracts; |
| preferred stock; |
| depositary shares representing fractional interests in preferred stock; |
| common stock; and |
| units, comprised of two or more of any of the securities referred to above, in any combination. |
When we use the term securities in this prospectus, we mean any of the securities we may offer with this prospectus, unless we specifically state otherwise. This prospectus, including this summary, describes the general terms of the securities we may offer. Each time we sell securities, we will provide you with the applicable supplement or supplements that will describe the offering and the specific terms of the securities being offered. A supplement may include a discussion of additional U.S. federal income tax consequences and any additional risk factors or other special considerations applicable to those particular securities.
Debt Securities
Our debt securities may be either senior or subordinated obligations in right of payment. Our senior and subordinated debt securities will be issued under separate indentures, or contracts, that we have with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee. The particular terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the applicable supplement.
4
Warrants
We may offer two types of warrants:
| warrants to purchase our debt securities; and |
| warrants to purchase or sell, or whose cash value is determined by reference to the performance, level, or value of, one or more of the following: |
| securities of one or more issuers, including our common or preferred stock, other securities described in this prospectus, or the debt or equity securities of third parties; |
| one or more currencies, currency units, or composite currencies; |
| one or more commodities; |
| any other financial, economic, or other measure or instrument, including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or circumstance; and |
| one or more indices or baskets of the items described above. |
For any warrants we may offer, we will describe in the applicable supplement the underlying property, the expiration date, the exercise price or the manner of determining the exercise price, the amount and kind, or the manner of determining the amount and kind, of property to be delivered by you or us upon exercise, and any other specific terms of the warrants. We will issue warrants under warrant agreements that we will enter into with one or more warrant agents.
Purchase Contracts
We may offer purchase contracts requiring holders to purchase or sell, or whose cash value is determined by reference to the performance, level, or value of, one or more of the following:
| securities of one or more issuers, including our common or preferred stock, other securities described in this prospectus, or the debt or equity securities of third parties; |
| one or more currencies, currency units, or composite currencies; |
| one or more commodities; |
| any other financial, economic, or other measure or instrument, including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or circumstance; and |
| one or more indices or baskets of the items described above. |
For any purchase contracts we may offer, we will describe in the applicable supplement the underlying property, the settlement date, the purchase price, or manner of determining the purchase price and whether it must be paid when the purchase contract is issued or at a later date, the amount and kind, or manner of determining the amount and kind, of property to be delivered at settlement, whether the holder will pledge property to secure the performance of any obligations the holder may have under the purchase contract, and any other specific terms of the purchase contracts.
Units
We may offer units consisting of any combination of two or more debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts, shares of preferred stock, depositary shares, and common stock described in this prospectus as well as securities of third parties. For any units we may offer, we will describe in the applicable supplement the particular securities that comprise each unit, whether or not the particular securities will be separable and, if they will be separable, the terms on which they will be separable, a description of the provisions for the payment, settlement, transfer, or
5
exchange of the units, and any other specific terms of the units. We will issue units under unit agreements that we will enter into with one or more unit agents.
Preferred Stock and Depositary Shares
We may offer our preferred stock in one or more series. For any particular series we may offer, we will describe in the applicable supplement:
| the specific designation; |
| the aggregate number of shares offered; |
| the dividend rate and periods, or manner of calculating the dividend rate and periods, if any; |
| the stated value and liquidation preference amount, if any; |
| the voting rights, if any; |
| the terms on which the series of preferred stock is convertible into shares of our common stock, preferred stock of another series, or other securities, if any; |
| the redemption terms, if any; and |
| any other specific terms of the series. |
We also may offer depositary shares, each of which will represent a fractional interest in a share or multiple shares of our preferred stock. We will describe in the applicable supplement any specific terms of the depositary shares. We will issue the depositary shares under deposit agreements that we will enter into with one or more depositories.
Form of Securities
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will issue the securities, other than shares of our common stock, in book-entry only form through one or more depositories, such as The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear Bank SA/NV, or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg, as identified in the applicable supplement. We will issue the securities only in registered form, without coupons, although we may issue the securities in bearer form if we so specify in the applicable supplement. The securities issued in book-entry only form will be represented by a global security registered in the name of the specified depository, rather than notes or certificates registered in the name of each individual investor. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, each sale of securities in book-entry form will settle in immediately available funds through the specified depository.
A global security may be exchanged for actual notes or certificates registered in the names of the beneficial owners only under the limited circumstances described in this prospectus.
Payment Currencies
All amounts payable in respect of the securities, including the purchase price, will be payable in U.S. dollars, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement.
Listing
We will state in the applicable supplement whether the particular securities that we are offering will be listed or quoted on a securities exchange or quotation system.
Distribution
We may offer the securities under this prospectus:
| through underwriters; |
6
| through dealers; |
| through agents; or |
| directly to purchasers. |
The applicable supplement will include any required information about the firms we use and the discounts or commissions we may pay them for their services.
Banc of America Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or any of our other affiliates, may be an underwriter, dealer, or agent for us.
Market-Making by Our Affiliates
Following the initial distribution of an offering of securities, Banc of America Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and other affiliates of ours may offer and sell those securities in the course of their businesses as broker-dealers. Banc of America Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and any such other affiliates may act as a principal or agent in these transactions. This prospectus and the applicable supplement or supplements also will be used in connection with these market-making transactions. Sales in any of these market-making transactions will be made at varying prices related to prevailing market prices and other circumstances at the time of sale.
If you purchase securities in a market-making transaction, you will receive information about the purchase price and your trade and settlement dates in a separate confirmation of sale.
7
This section summarizes some specific risks and investment considerations with respect to an investment in our securities. This summary does not describe all of the risks and investment considerations with respect to an investment in our securities, including risks and considerations relating to a prospective investors particular circumstances. For information regarding risks and uncertainties that may materially affect our business and results, please refer to the information under the captions Item 1A. Risk Factors and Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You should also review the risk factors that will be set forth in other documents that we will file after the date of this prospectus, together with the risk factors set forth in any applicable supplement. Prospective investors should consult their own financial, legal, tax, and other professional advisors as to the risks associated with an investment in our securities and the suitability of the investment for the investor.
We may issue securities denominated in or whose principal and interest is payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars. We refer to these securities as Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities. If you intend to invest in any Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities, you should consult your own financial and legal advisors as to the currency risks related to your investment. The Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities are not an appropriate investment for you if you are not knowledgeable about the significant terms and conditions of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities or financial matters in general. The information in this prospectus is directed primarily to investors who are U.S. residents. Investors who are not U.S. residents should consult their own financial and legal advisors about currency-related risks arising from their investment.
Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities have significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in conventional debt securities that are payable solely in U.S. dollars. These risks include possible significant changes in rates of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the specified currency and the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls or other conditions by either the United States or non-U.S. governments. These risks generally are influenced by factors over which we have no control, such as economic and political events and the supply of and demand for the relevant currencies in the global markets.
Currency Exchange Rates. Exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies have been highly volatile. This volatility may continue and could spread to other currencies in the future. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could affect adversely an investment in the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities. Depreciation of the specified currency against the U.S. dollar could result in a decrease in the U.S. dollar-equivalent value of payments on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities. That in turn could cause the market value of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities to fall.
Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates. Except as described below or in a supplement, we will not make any adjustment in or change to the terms of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities for changes in the foreign currency exchange rate for the specified currency, including any devaluation, revaluation, or imposition of exchange or other regulatory controls or taxes, or for other developments affecting the specified currency, the U.S. dollar, or any other currency. Consequently, you will bear the risk that your investment may be affected adversely by these types of events.
Government Policy. Foreign currency exchange rates either can float or be fixed by sovereign governments. Governments or governmental bodies, including the European Central Bank, may intervene in their economies to alter the exchange rate or exchange characteristics of their currencies. For example, a central bank may intervene to devalue or revalue a currency or
8
to replace an existing currency. In addition, a government may impose regulatory controls or taxes to affect the exchange rate of its currency. As a result, the yield or payout of a Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Security could be affected significantly and unpredictably by governmental actions. Changes in exchange rates could affect the value of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities as participants in the global currency markets move to buy or sell the specified currency or U.S. dollars in reaction to these developments.
If a governmental authority imposes exchange controls or other conditions, such as taxes on the transfer of the specified currency, there may be limited availability of the specified currency for payment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities at their maturity or on any other payment date. In addition, the ability of a holder to move currency freely out of the country in which payment in the currency is received or to convert the currency at a freely determined market rate could be limited by governmental actions.
Payments in U.S. Dollars. The terms of any Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities may provide that we may have the right to make a payment in U.S. dollars instead of the specified currency, if at or about the time when the payment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities comes due, the specified currency is subject to convertibility, transferability, market disruption, or other conditions affecting its availability because of circumstances beyond our control. These circumstances could include the imposition of exchange controls or our inability to obtain the specified currency because of a disruption in the currency markets for the specified currency. The exchange rate used to make payment in U.S. dollars may be based on limited information and would involve significant discretion on the part of our exchange rate agent. As a result, the value of the payment in U.S. dollars may be less than the value of the payment you would have received in the specified currency if the specified currency had been available. The exchange rate agent will generally not have any liability for its determinations.
Court Judgments. Any Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities typically will be governed by New York law. Under Section 27 of the New York Judiciary Law, a state court in the State of New York rendering a judgment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Debt Securities would be required to render the judgment in the specified currency. In turn, the judgment would be converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of entry of the judgment. Consequently, in a lawsuit for payment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities, you would bear currency exchange risk until judgment is entered, which could be a long time.
In courts outside of New York, you may not be able to obtain judgment in a specified currency other than U.S. dollars. For example, a judgment for money in an action based on Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities in many other U.S. federal or state courts ordinarily would be enforced in the United States only in U.S. dollars. The date used to determine the rate of conversion of the specified currency into U.S. dollars will depend on various factors, including which court renders the judgment.
Information About Foreign Currency Exchange Rates. If we issue a Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Security, we may include in the applicable supplement information about historical exchange rates for the relevant non-U.S. dollar currency or currencies. Any information about exchange rates that we may provide will be furnished as a matter of information only, and you should not regard the information as indicative of the range of, or trends in, fluctuations in currency exchange rates that may occur in the future.
Possible Illiquidity of the Secondary Market. We may not list our securities on any securities exchange. We cannot predict how these securities will trade in the secondary market or whether that market will be liquid or illiquid. The number of potential buyers of our securities in any secondary market may be limited. Although any underwriters or agents may purchase and sell our securities in the secondary market from time to time, these underwriters or agents
9
will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market for the securities at any time without giving us notice. We cannot assure you that a secondary market for any of our securities will develop, or that if one develops, it will be maintained.
Redemption. The terms of our securities may permit or require redemption of the securities prior to maturity. That redemption may occur at a time when prevailing interest rates are relatively low. As a result, in the case of debt or similar securities, a holder of the redeemed securities may not be able to invest the redemption proceeds in a new investment that yields a similar return.
Credit Ratings. Our credit ratings are an assessment of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings may affect the trading value of our securities. However, because the return on our securities generally depends upon factors in addition to our ability to pay our obligations, an improvement in these credit ratings will not reduce the other investment risks, if any, related to our securities.
10
Bank of America Corporation is a Delaware corporation, a bank holding company, and a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Our principal executive offices are located in the Bank of America Corporate Center, 100 North Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255 and our telephone number is (704) 386-5681.
As part of our operations, we regularly evaluate the potential acquisition of, and hold discussions with, various financial institutions and other businesses of a type eligible for financial holding company ownership or control. In addition, we regularly analyze the values of, and submit bids for, the acquisition of customer-based funds and other liabilities and assets of such financial institutions and other businesses. We also regularly consider the potential disposition of certain of our assets, branches, subsidiaries, or lines of businesses. As a general rule, we publicly announce any material acquisitions or dispositions when a definitive agreement has been reached.
On January 1, 2009, we completed the acquisition of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. through its merger with one of our subsidiaries. On July 1, 2008, we completed the acquisition of Countrywide Financial Corporation through its merger with one of our subsidiaries.
11
Unless we describe a different use in the applicable supplement, we will use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities for general corporate purposes. General corporate purposes include:
| our working capital needs; |
| investments in, or extensions of credit to, our banking and nonbanking subsidiaries; |
| the possible reduction of our outstanding indebtedness; |
| the possible acquisitions of other financial institutions or their assets; |
| the possible acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses of a type we are permitted to acquire under applicable law; and |
| the possible repurchase of our outstanding equity securities. |
Until we designate the use of these net proceeds, we will invest them temporarily. From time to time, we may engage in additional financings as we determine appropriate based on our needs and prevailing market conditions. These additional financings may include the sale of other securities.
12
DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES
We may issue senior or subordinated debt securities. Neither the senior debt securities nor the subordinated debt securities will be secured by any of our property or assets. As a result, by owning a debt security, you are one of our unsecured creditors.
The senior debt securities will constitute part of our senior debt, will be issued under our senior debt indenture described below, and will rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt.
The subordinated debt securities will constitute part of our subordinated debt, will be issued under our subordinated debt indenture described below, and will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our senior indebtedness, as defined in the subordinated debt indenture. Neither the senior debt indenture nor the subordinated debt indenture limits our ability to incur additional senior indebtedness.
The senior debt securities and the subordinated debt securities each are governed by a document called an indenture, which is a contract between us and the applicable trustee. Senior debt securities will be issued under the Indenture dated as of January 1, 1995 (as supplemented, the Senior Indenture) between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee, and subordinated debt securities will be issued under the Indenture dated as of January 1, 1995 (as supplemented, the Subordinated Indenture) between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee. The indentures are substantially identical, except for:
| the covenant described below under Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Banks, which is included only in the Senior Indenture; |
| the provisions relating to subordination described below under Subordination, which are included only in the Subordinated Indenture; and |
| the events of default described below under Events of Default and Rights of Acceleration, many of which are not included in the Subordinated Indenture. |
In this prospectus, when we refer to debt securities, we mean both our senior debt securities and our subordinated debt securities, and when we refer to the indenture or the trustee with respect to any debt securities, we mean the indenture under which those debt securities are issued and the trustee under that indenture.
The trustee under each indenture has two principal functions:
| First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. However, there are limitations on the extent to which the trustee may act on your behalf, which we describe below under Collection of Indebtedness. |
| Second, the trustee performs administrative duties for us, including the delivery of interest payments and notices. |
Neither indenture limits the aggregate amount of debt securities that we may issue or the number of series or the aggregate amount of any particular series. The indentures and the debt securities also do not limit our ability to incur other indebtedness or to issue other securities. This means that we may issue additional debt securities and other securities at any time without your consent and without notifying you. In addition, neither indenture contains provisions protecting holders against a decline in our credit quality resulting from takeovers, recapitalizations, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, or restructuring. If our credit quality
13
declines as a result of an event of this type, or otherwise, any ratings of our debt securities then outstanding may be withdrawn or downgraded.
This section is a summary of the indentures and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the indentures. We have filed the indentures with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, and they are incorporated in this prospectus by reference. See Where You Can Find More Information below for information on how to obtain copies of the indentures. Whenever we refer to the defined terms of the indentures in this prospectus or in a supplement without defining them, the terms have the meanings given to them in the indentures. You must look to the indentures for the most complete description of the information summarized in this prospectus.
Form and Denomination of Debt Securities
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will issue each debt security in global, or book-entry, form. Debt securities in book-entry form will be represented by a global security registered in the name of a depository. Accordingly, the depository will be the holder of all the debt securities represented by the global security. Those who own beneficial interests in a global security will do so through participants in the depositorys securities clearing system, and the rights of these indirect owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of the depository and its participants. We describe the procedures applicable to book-entry securities below under the heading Registration and Settlement.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will issue our debt securities in fully registered form, without coupons. If we issue a debt security in bearer form, we will describe the special considerations applicable to bearer securities in the applicable supplement. Some of the features that we describe in this prospectus may not apply to the bearer securities.
Our debt securities may be denominated, and cash payments with respect to the debt securities may be made, in U.S. dollars or in another currency, or in a composite currency, a basket of currencies, or a currency unit or units. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the debt securities will be denominated, and cash payments with respect to the debt securities will be made, in U.S. dollars, and the debt securities ordinarily will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000. We may also issue debt securities that are denominated in units of $10. If any of the debt securities are denominated, or if principal, any premium, interest, and any other amounts payable on any of the debt securities is payable, in a foreign currency, or in a composite currency, a basket of currencies, or a currency unit or units, the specified currency, as well as any additional investment considerations, risk factors, restrictions, tax consequences, specific terms and other information relating to that issue of debt securities and the specified currency, composite currency, basket of currencies, or currency unit or units, may be described in the applicable supplement. We describe some of those investment considerations relating to securities denominated or payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars above under the heading Risk Factors.
Different Series of Debt Securities
We may issue our debt securities from time to time in one or more series with the same or different maturities. We also may reopen a series of our debt securities. This means that we can increase the principal amount of a series of our debt securities by selling additional debt securities with the same terms. We may do so without notice to the existing holders of securities of that series. However, any new securities of this kind may begin to bear interest at a different date.
This section of the prospectus summarizes the material terms of the debt securities that are common to all series. We will describe the financial and other specific terms of the series of debt securities being offered in the applicable supplement. The supplement also may describe any
14
differences from the material terms described in this prospectus. If there are any differences between the applicable supplement and this prospectus, the applicable supplement will control.
The terms of your series of debt securities as described in the applicable supplement may include the following:
| the title and type of the debt securities; |
| the principal amount of the debt securities; |
| the minimum denominations, if other than $1,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000; |
| the percentage of the stated principal amount at which the debt securities will be sold and, if applicable, the method of determining the price; |
| the person to whom interest is payable, if other than the owner of the debt securities; |
| the maturity date or dates; |
| the interest rate or rates, which may be fixed or variable, and the method used to calculate that interest; |
| any index or other reference asset or assets that will be used to determine the amounts of any payments on the debt securities and the manner in which those amounts will be determined; |
| the interest payment dates, the regular record dates for the interest payment dates, and the date interest will begin to accrue; |
| the place or places where payments on the debt securities may be made and the place or places where the debt securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange; |
| any date or dates after which the debt securities may be redeemed, repurchased, or repaid in whole or in part at our option or the option of the holder, and the periods, prices, terms, and conditions of that redemption, repurchase, or repayment; |
| if other than the full principal amount, the portion of the principal amount of the debt securities that will be payable if their maturity is accelerated; |
| the currency of principal, any premium, interest and any other amounts payable on the debt securities, if other than U.S. dollars; |
| if the debt securities will be issued in other than book-entry form; |
| the identification of or method of selecting any calculation agents, exchange rate agents, or any other agents for the debt securities; |
| any provisions for the discharge of our obligations relating to the debt securities by the deposit of funds or U.S. government obligations; |
| any provisions relating to the extension or renewal of the maturity date of the debt securities; |
| whether the debt securities will be listed on any securities exchange; or |
| any other terms of the debt securities that are permitted under the applicable indenture. |
General. We may issue debt securities that bear interest at one or more fixed rates of interest, as specified in the applicable supplement. We refer to these as fixed-rate notes. Unless
15
we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, each fixed-rate note will bear interest from its original issue date or from the most recent date to which interest on the note has been paid or made available for payment. Interest will accrue on the principal of a fixed-rate note at the fixed annual rate stated in the applicable supplement, until the principal is paid or made available for payment or the note is converted or exchanged.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will pay interest on any fixed-rate note quarterly, semi-annually, or annually, as applicable, in arrears, on the days set forth in the applicable supplement (each such day being an interest payment date) and at maturity. Each interest payment due on an interest payment date or the maturity date will include interest accrued from and including the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid, or, if no interest has been paid, from the original issue date, to but excluding the next interest payment date or the maturity date, as the case may be. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, interest on fixed-rate notes will be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. We will make payments on fixed-rate notes as described below under the heading Payment of Principal, Interest and Other Amounts Due.
Amortizing Notes. We also may issue amortizing notes, which are fixed-rate notes for which combined principal and interest payments are made in installments over the life of the debt security. Payments on amortizing notes are applied first to interest due and then to the reduction of the unpaid principal amount. The supplement for an amortizing note will include a table setting forth repayment information.
General. We may issue debt securities that will bear interest at a floating rate of interest determined by reference to one or more interest rate bases, or by reference to one or more interest rate formulae, referred to as the base rate. We refer to these debt securities as floating-rate notes. The base rate may be one or more of the following:
| the federal funds rate, in which case the debt security will be a federal funds rate note; |
| the London interbank offered rate, in which case the debt security will be a LIBOR note; |
| the euro interbank offered rate, in which case the debt security will be a EURIBOR note; |
| the prime rate, in which case the debt security will be a prime rate note; |
| the treasury rate, in which case the debt security will be a treasury rate note; or |
| any other interest rate formula as may be specified in the applicable supplement. |
The interest rate for a floating-rate note will be determined by reference to:
| the specified base rate based on the index maturity; |
| plus or minus the spread, if any; and/or |
| multiplied by the spread multiplier, if any. |
For any floating-rate note, the index maturity is the period to maturity of the instrument for which the interest rate basis is calculated and will be specified in the applicable supplement. The spread is the number of basis points we specify on the floating-rate note to be added to or subtracted from the base rate. The spread multiplier is the percentage we may specify on the floating-rate note by which the base rate is multiplied in order to calculate the applicable interest rate.
16
A floating-rate note also may be subject to:
| a maximum interest rate limit, or ceiling, on the interest that may accrue during any interest period; |
| a minimum interest rate limit, or floor, on the interest that may accrue during any interest period; or |
| both. |
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, each floating-rate note will bear interest from its original issue date or from the most recent date to which interest on the note has been paid or made available for payment. Interest will accrue on the principal of a floating- rate note at the annual rate determined according to the interest rate formula stated in the applicable supplement, until the principal is paid or made available for payment. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will pay interest on any floating-rate note monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually, as applicable, in arrears, on the days set forth in the applicable supplement. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, each interest payment due on an interest payment date or the maturity date will include interest accrued from and including the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid, or, if no interest has been paid, from the original issue date, to but excluding the next interest payment date or the maturity date, as the case may be. We will make payments on floating-rate notes as described below under the heading Payment of Principal, Interest and Other Amounts Due.
How Interest Is Reset. The interest rate in effect from the date of issue to the first interest reset date for a floating-rate note will be the initial interest rate determined as described in the applicable supplement. The interest rate of each floating-rate note may be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually, as we specify in the applicable supplement. We refer to the period during which an interest rate is effective as an interest period, and the first day of each interest period as the interest reset date.
The interest determination date for any interest reset date is the day the calculation agent will refer to when determining the new interest rate at which a floating rate will reset. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the interest determination date for an interest reset date will be:
| for a federal funds rate note or a prime rate note, the business day immediately preceding the interest reset date; |
| for a LIBOR note, the second London Banking Day (as defined below) preceding the interest reset date unless the index currency is pounds sterling, in which case the interest determination date will be the interest reset date; |
| for a EURIBOR note, the second TARGET Settlement Date (as defined below) preceding the interest reset date; |
| for a treasury rate note, the day of the week in which the interest reset date falls on which Treasury bills (as described below) of the applicable index maturity would normally be auctioned; and |
| for a floating-rate note with two or more base rates, the interest determination date will be the most recent business day that is at least two business days prior to the applicable interest reset date on which each applicable base rate is determinable. |
Treasury bills usually are sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction usually is held on the following Tuesday, except that the auction may be held on the preceding Friday. If, as a result of a legal holiday, an auction is held on the preceding Friday, that preceding Friday will be the interest determination date pertaining
17
to the interest reset date occurring in the next succeeding week. The treasury rate will be determined as of that date, and the applicable interest rate will take effect on the applicable interest reset date.
We will specify the interest reset dates in the applicable supplement. If any interest reset date for any floating-rate note falls on a day that is not a business day for the floating-rate note, the interest reset date for the floating-rate note will be postponed to the next day that is a business day for the floating-rate note. If Treasury bills are sold at an auction that falls on a day that is an interest reset date, that interest reset date will be the next following business day. However, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, in the case of a LIBOR note or a EURIBOR note, if the next business day is in the next succeeding calendar month, the interest reset date will be the immediately preceding business day.
Calculation of Interest. Calculations relating to floating-rate notes will be made by the calculation agent, which will be an institution that we appoint as our agent for this purpose. The calculation agent may be one of our affiliates, including Banc of America Securities LLC, Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Merrill Lynch Commodities, Inc., or Merrill Lynch Capital Services, Inc. and may also be The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. We will identify in the applicable supplement the calculation agent we have appointed for a particular series of debt securities as of its original issue date. We may appoint different calculation agents from time to time after the original issue date of a floating-rate note without your consent and without notifying you of the change. Absent manifest error, all determinations of the calculation agent will be final and binding on you, the trustee and us.
For each floating-rate note, the calculation agent will determine, on the corresponding calculation or interest determination date, the interest rate for the applicable interest period. In addition, the calculation agent will calculate the amount of interest that has accrued during each interest period. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the calculation date for any interest determination date will be the date by which the calculation agent computes the amount of interest owed on a floating-rate note for the related interest period. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the calculation date pertaining to an interest determination date will be the earlier of:
| the tenth calendar day after that interest determination date or, if that day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day; or |
| the business day immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date, the maturity date, or the date of redemption or prepayment, as the case may be. |
Accrued interest on a floating-rate note is calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor is the sum of the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the accrued interest factor will be computed and interest will be paid (including payments for partial periods) as follows:
| for federal funds rate notes, LIBOR notes, EURIBOR notes, prime rate notes, or any other floating-rate notes other than treasury rate notes, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 360; and |
| for treasury rate notes, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 365 or 366, as applicable. |
All amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on floating-rate notes will be rounded to the nearest cent, in the case of U.S. dollars, or to the nearest corresponding hundredth of a unit, in the case of a currency other than U.S. dollars, with one-half cent or one-half of a corresponding hundredth of a unit or more being rounded upward. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, all percentages resulting from any calculation with respect to a floating-rate note will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a
18
percent, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards, e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655).
In determining the base rate that applies to a floating-rate note during a particular interest period, the calculation agent may obtain rate quotes from various banks or dealers active in the relevant market, as described in the descriptions of the base rates below and/or in the applicable supplement. Those reference banks and dealers may include the calculation agent itself and its affiliates, as well as any underwriter, dealer, or agent participating in the distribution of the relevant floating-rate notes and its affiliates, and they may include our affiliates.
At the request of the holder of any floating-rate note, the calculation agent will provide the interest rate then in effect for that floating-rate note and, if already determined, the interest rate that is to take effect on the next interest reset date.
LIBOR Notes. Each LIBOR note will bear interest at the LIBOR base rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable supplement. The LIBOR base rate will be the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars or any index currency, as specified in the applicable supplement.
LIBOR for any interest determination date will be the arithmetic mean of the offered rates for deposits in the relevant index currency having the index maturity described in the applicable supplement, commencing on the related interest reset date, as the rates appear on the Reuters LIBOR screen page designated in the applicable supplement as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on that interest determination date, if at least two offered rates appear on the designated LIBOR page, except that, if the designated Reuters LIBOR screen page only provides for a single rate, that single rate will be used.
If fewer than two of the rates described above appear on that page or no rate appears on any page on which only one rate normally appears, then the calculation agent will determine LIBOR as follows:
| The calculation agent will select four major banks in the London interbank market, after consultation with us. On the interest determination date, those four banks will be requested to provide their offered quotations for deposits in the relevant index currency having an index maturity specified in the applicable supplement commencing on the interest reset date to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time. |
| If at least two quotations are provided, the calculation agent will determine LIBOR as the arithmetic mean of those quotations. |
| If fewer than two quotations are provided, the calculation agent will select, after consultation with us, three major banks in New York City. On the interest determination date, those three banks will be requested to provide their offered quotations for loans in the relevant index currency having an index maturity specified in the applicable supplement commencing on the interest reset date to leading European banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York time. The calculation agent will determine LIBOR as the average of those quotations. |
| If fewer than three New York City banks selected by the calculation agent are quoting rates, LIBOR for that interest period will remain LIBOR then in effect on the interest determination date. |
EURIBOR Notes. Each EURIBOR note will bear interest at the EURIBOR base rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable supplement.
EURIBOR, for any interest determination date, will mean the rate for deposits in euro as sponsored, calculated, and published jointly by the European Banking Federation and ACIThe
19
Financial Market Association, or any company established by the joint sponsors for purposes of compiling and publishing those rates, having the index maturity specified in the applicable supplement, as that rate appears on the display on Reuters, or any successor service, on page EURIBOR01 or any other page as may replace such page, referred to as Reuters Page EURIBOR01, as of 11:00 A.M., Brussels time.
The following procedures will be followed if EURIBOR cannot be determined as described above:
| If no offered rate appears on Reuters Page EURIBOR01 on an interest determination date at approximately 11:00 A.M., Brussels time, then the calculation agent, after consultation with us, will select four major banks in the Eurozone interbank market to provide a quotation of the rate at which deposits in euro having the index maturity specified in the applicable supplement are offered to prime banks in the Eurozone interbank market, and in a principal amount not less than the equivalent of 1,000,000, that is representative of a single transaction in euro in that market at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, EURIBOR will be the average of those quotations. |
| If fewer than two quotations are provided, then the calculation agent, after consultation with us, will select four major banks in the Eurozone interbank market to provide a quotation of the rate offered by them, at approximately 11:00 A.M., Brussels time, on the interest determination date, for loans in euro to prime banks in the Eurozone interbank market for a period of time equivalent to the index maturity specified in the applicable supplement commencing on that interest reset date and in a principal amount not less than the equivalent of 1,000,000, that is representative of a single transaction in euro in that market at that time. If at least three quotations are provided, EURIBOR will be the average of those quotations. |
| If three quotations are not provided, EURIBOR for that interest determination date will be equal to EURIBOR for the immediately preceding interest period. |
Eurozone means the region comprised of member states of the European Union that adopted the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community (signed in Rome on March 25, 1957), as amended by the Treaty on European Union (signed in Maastricht on February 7, 1992) and the Treaty of Amsterdam (signed in Amsterdam on October 2, 1997).
Treasury Rate Notes. Each treasury rate note will bear interest at the treasury rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable supplement.
The treasury rate for any interest determination date will be the rate set at the auction of direct obligations of the United States, referred to as Treasury bills, having the index maturity described in the applicable supplement, as specified under the caption Investment Rate on Reuters screen page USAUCTION 10 or page USAUCTION 11, or any successor service or page.
The following procedures will be followed if the treasury rate cannot be determined as described above:
| If the rate is not displayed on the Reuters pages described above by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the treasury rate will be the rate of Treasury bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or another recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High. |
| If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not published by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the treasury rate will be the bond equivalent yield, as defined below, of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury bills as announced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury. |
20
| If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not announced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or if the auction is not held, the treasury rate will be the bond equivalent yield of the rate on the particular interest determination date of the applicable Treasury bills as published in H.15(519) under the caption U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market. |
| If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not published by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the treasury rate will be the rate on the particular interest determination date of the applicable Treasury bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or another recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption U.S. Government Securities/ Treasury Bills/Secondary Market. |
| If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not published by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the treasury rate will be the rate on the particular interest determination date calculated by the calculation agent as the bond equivalent yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 P.M., New York City time, on that interest determination date, of three primary U.S. government securities dealers, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us, for the issue of Treasury bills with a remaining maturity closest to the particular index maturity. |
| If the dealers selected by the calculation agent are not quoting as described in the paragraph immediately above, the treasury rate will be the treasury rate in effect on the particular interest determination date. |
The bond equivalent yield will be calculated using the following formula:
Bond equivalent yield = | D x N |
x 100 | ||
360-(D x M) |
where D refers to the applicable annual rate for Treasury bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, N refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and M refers to the actual number of days in the applicable interest period.
H.15(519) means the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board.
H.15 Daily Update means the daily update of H.15(519), available through the website of the Federal Reserve Board at www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/update, or any successor site or publication.
Federal Funds Rate Notes. Each federal funds rate note will bear interest at the federal funds rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable supplement.
If Federal Funds (Effective) Rate is specified in the applicable supplement, the federal funds rate for any interest determination date will be the rate on that date for U.S. dollar federal funds, as published in H.15(519) under the heading Federal Funds (Effective) and displayed on Reuters, or any successor service, on page FEDFUNDS1 or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service, referred to as Reuters Page FedFunds1. If this rate is not published in H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, or does not appear on Reuters Page FedFunds1, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that interest determination date as published in H.15 Daily Update, or any other recognized electronic source for the purposes of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption FederalFunds (Effective) Rate. If this alternate rate is not published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the calculation agent will determine
21
the federal funds rate to be the average of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds quoted prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day following that interest determination date, by each of three leading brokers of U.S. dollar federal funds transactions in New York City, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us. If fewer than three brokers selected by the calculation agent are so quoting, the federal funds rate will be the federal funds rate in effect on that interest determination date.
If Federal Funds Open Rate is specified in the applicable supplement, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that interest determination date set forth under the heading Federal Funds opposite the caption Open and displayed on Reuters, or any successor service, on page 5 or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service, referred to as Reuters Page 5, or if that rate does not appear on Reuters Page 5 by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that date displayed on FFPREBON Index page on Bloomberg L.P. (Bloomberg), which is the Fed Funds Opening Rate as reported by Prebon Yamane (or a successor) on Bloomberg. If the alternate rate described in the preceding sentence is not displayed on FFPREBON Index page on Bloomberg, or any other recognized electronic source for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the calculation agent will determine the federal funds rate to be the average of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds, quoted prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on that interest determination date, by each of three leading brokers of U.S. dollar federal funds transactions in New York City, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us. If fewer than three brokers selected by the calculation agent are quoting as described above, the federal funds rate will be the federal funds rate in effect on that interest determination date.
If Federal Funds Target Rate is specified in the applicable supplement, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that interest determination date for U.S. dollar federal funds displayed on the FDTR Index page on Bloomberg. If that rate does not appear on the FDTR Index page on Bloomberg by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the calculation date, the federal funds rate for the applicable interest determination date will be the rate for that day appearing on Reuters, or any successor service, on page USFFTARGET= or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service, referred to as Reuters Page USFFTARGET=. If that rate does not appear on the FDTR Index page on Bloomberg or is not displayed on Reuters Page USFFTARGET= by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the applicable date, then the calculation agent will determine the federal funds rate to be the average of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds, quoted prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on that interest determination date, by each of three leading brokers of U.S. dollar federal funds transactions in New York City, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us. If fewer than three brokers selected by the calculation agent are quoting as described above, the federal funds rate will be the federal funds rate in effect on that interest determination date.
Prime Rate Notes. Each prime rate note will bear interest at the prime rate, as adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable supplement.
The prime rate for any interest determination date will be the prime rate or base lending rate on that date, as published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, under the heading Bank Prime Loan.
The following procedures will be followed if the prime rate cannot be determined as described above:
| If the rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the prime rate will be the rate as published in H.15 Daily Update, or any other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption Bank Prime Loan. |
22
| If the alternative rate described above is not published in H.15 Daily Update or another recognized electronic source by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the calculation agent will determine the prime rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters screen US PRIME 1, as defined below, as that banks prime rate or base lending rate as in effect as of 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on that interest determination date. |
| If fewer than four rates appear on the Reuters screen US PRIME 1 for that interest determination date, by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, then the calculation agent will determine the prime rate to be the average of the prime rates or base lending rates furnished in New York City by three substitute banks or trust companies (all organized under the laws of the United States or any of its states and having total equity capital of at least $500,000,000) selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us. |
| If the banks selected by the calculation agent are not quoting as described above, the prime rate will remain the prime rate then in effect on the interest determination date. |
Reuters screen US PRIME 1 means the display designated as page US PRIME 1 on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or any other page as may replace the US PRIME 1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major U.S. banks).
We may issue debt securities that provide that the rate of return, including the principal, premium (if any), interest, or other amounts payable (if any), is determined by reference, either directly or indirectly, to the price or performance of one or more securities, currencies or composite currencies, commodities, interest rates, stock indices, commodity indices or other indices, formulae, or measure, in each case as specified in the applicable supplement. We refer to these as indexed notes.
Holders of indexed notes may receive an amount at maturity that is greater than or less than the face amount of the notes, depending upon the formula used to determine the amount payable and the relative value at maturity of the reference asset or underlying obligation. The value of the applicable index will fluctuate over time.
An indexed note may provide either for cash settlement or for physical settlement by delivery of the indexed note or securities, or other securities of the types listed above. An indexed note also may provide that the form of settlement may be determined at our option or the holders option. Some indexed notes may be convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable prior to maturity, at our option or the holders option, for the related securities.
We will specify in the applicable supplement the method for determining the principal, premium (if any), interest, or other amounts payable (if any) in respect of particular indexed notes, as well as certain historical information with respect to the specified index or indexed items, specific risk factors relating to that particular type of indexed note, and tax considerations associated with an investment in the indexed notes.
The applicable supplement for any particular indexed notes also will identify the calculation agent that will calculate the amounts payable with respect to the indexed note. The calculation agent may be one of our affiliates, including Banc of America Securities LLC, Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Merrill Lynch Commodities, Inc., or Merrill Lynch Capital Services, Inc. We may appoint different calculation agents from time to time after the original issue date of an indexed note without your consent and without notifying you of the change. Absent manifest error, all determinations of the calculation agent will be final and binding on you, the trustee and us. Upon request of the holder of an indexed note, the calculation agent will provide, if applicable, information relating to the current principal,
23
premium (if any), rate of interest, interest payable, or other amounts payable (if any) in connection with the indexed note.
We also may offer indexed amortizing notes, the rate of amortization and final maturity of which are subject to periodic adjustment based upon the degree to which an objective base or index rate such as LIBOR, called a reference rate, coincides with a specified target rate. Indexed amortizing notes may provide for adjustment of the amortization rate either on every interest payment date, or only on interest payment dates that occur after a specified lockout date. Each indexed amortizing note will include an amortization table, specifying the rate at which the principal of the note is to be amortized following any applicable interest payment date, based upon the difference between the reference rate and the target rate. The specific terms of, and any additional considerations relating to, indexed amortizing notes will be set forth in the applicable supplement.
Floating-Rate/Fixed-Rate/Indexed Notes
We may issue a debt security with elements of each of the fixed-rate, floating-rate and indexed notes described above. For example, a debt security may bear interest at a fixed rate for some periods and at a floating rate in others. Similarly, a debt security may provide for a payment of principal at maturity linked to an index and also may bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. We will describe the determination of interest for any of these debt securities in the applicable supplement.
A fixed-rate note, a floating-rate note, or an indexed note may be an original issue discount note. Original issue discount notes are debt securities that are issued at a price lower than their stated principal amount or lower than their minimum guaranteed repayment amount at maturity. Original issue discount notes may bear no interest (zero coupon rate notes) or may bear interest at a rate that is below market rates at the time of issuance. Upon an acceleration of the maturity of an original issue discount note, the amount of interest payable will be determined in accordance with the terms of the note, as described in the applicable supplement. That amount normally is less than the amount payable at the maturity date. A note issued at a discount to its principal may, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be considered an original issue discount note, regardless of the amount payable upon redemption or acceleration of maturity. See U.S. Federal Income Tax ConsiderationsTaxation of Debt Securities below for a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning an original issue discount note.
Payment of Principal, Interest, and Other Amounts Due
Paying Agents. We may appoint one or more financial institutions to act as our paying agents. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the trustee will act as our sole paying agent, security registrar and transfer agent with respect to the debt securities through the trustees office. That office is currently located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. In addition, in the case of some of our debt securities, such as debt securities denominated in euro, that office is expected to be 48th Floor, One Canada Square, London, E14 5AL. At any time, we may rescind the designation of a paying agent, appoint a successor paying agent, or approve a change in the office through which any successor paying agent acts in accordance with the applicable indenture. In addition, we may decide to act as our own paying agent with respect to some or all of the debt securities, and the paying agent may resign.
Payments to Holders and Record Dates for Interest. We refer to each date on which interest is payable on a debt security as an interest payment date. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the provisions described in this section will apply to payments on the debt securities.
24
Interest payments on the debt securities will be made on each interest payment date applicable to, and at the maturity date of, the debt securities. Interest payable at any interest payment date other than the maturity date will be paid to the registered holder of the debt security on the regular record date for that interest payment date, as described below. However, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the initial interest payment on a debt security issued between a regular record date and the interest payment date immediately following the regular record date will be made on the second interest payment date following the original issue date to the holder of record on the regular record date preceding the second interest payment date. The principal and interest payable at maturity will be paid to the holder of the debt security at the close of business on the maturity date.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the record date for any interest payment for a debt security in book-entry only form generally will be the business day prior to the payment date. If the debt security is in a form that is other than book-entry only, and unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the regular record date for an interest payment date will be the last day of the calendar month preceding the interest payment date or the fifteenth day of the calendar month in which the interest payment date occurs, as specified in the supplement, whether or not that date is a business day.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, if any interest payment date or the maturity date of a debt security falls on a day that is not a business day, we will make the required payment on the next business day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on the next business day. However, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, for LIBOR notes or EURIBOR notes, if an interest payment date falls on a date that is not a business day, and the next business day is in the next calendar month, the interest payment date will be the immediately preceding business day.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the term business day means, for any debt security, a day that meets all the following applicable requirements:
| for all debt securities, is any weekday that is not a legal holiday in New York, New York, Charlotte, North Carolina, or any other place of payment of the debt security, and is not a date on which banking institutions in those cities are authorized or required by law or regulation to be closed; |
| for any LIBOR note, also is a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in the index currency specified in the applicable supplement) in London, England (a London Banking Day); |
| for any debt security denominated in euro or any EURIBOR note, also is a day on which the TransEuropean Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer, or TARGET, System or any successor is operating (a TARGET Settlement Date); and |
| for any debt security that has a specified currency other than U.S. dollars or euro, also is not a day on which banking institutions generally are authorized or obligated by law, regulation, or executive order to close in the principal financial center of the country of the specified currency. |
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, for purposes of this determination, the principal financial center is:
| the capital city of the country issuing the specified currency, except for U.S. dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand and Swiss francs, for which the principal financial center is New York, Sydney and Melbourne, Toronto, Johannesburg and Zurich, respectively; or |
| the capital city of the country to which the index currency relates, except for U.S. dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand and Swiss francs, for which the |
25
principal financial center is New York, Sydney, Toronto, Johannesburg and Zurich, respectively. |
Payments Due in U.S. Dollars. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will follow the practices described in this subsection when we pay amounts that are due in U.S. dollars.
We will make payments on debt securities in book-entry form in accordance with arrangements then in place between the paying agent and the depository or its nominee, as holder. An indirect owners right to receive those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depository and its participants, as described below under the heading Registration and Settlement.
We will pay any interest on debt securities in certificated form on each interest payment date other than the maturity date by, in our discretion, wire transfer of immediately available funds or check mailed to holders of the debt securities on the applicable record date at the address appearing on our records. We will pay any principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any) at the maturity date of a debt security in certificated form by wire transfer of immediately available funds upon surrender of the debt security at the corporate trust office of the applicable trustee or paying agent.
Book-entry and other indirect owners should contact their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.
Payments Due in Other Currencies. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will follow the practices described in this subsection when we pay amounts that are due in a currency other than U.S. dollars. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, holders are not entitled to receive payments in U.S. dollars of an amount due in another currency, either on a global debt security or a debt security in certificated form.
We will make payments on Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities in book-entry form in the applicable specified currency in accordance with arrangements then in place between the paying agent and the depository or its nominee, as holder. An indirect owners right to receive those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depository and its participants, as described below under the heading Registration and Settlement.
We will pay any interest on Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Debt Securities in certificated form by check mailed to holders of the debt securities on the applicable record date at the address appearing on our records. We will pay any principal, premium (if any), interest and other amounts payable (if any) at the maturity date of a Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Debt Security in certificated form by wire transfer of immediately available funds upon surrender of the debt security at the corporate trust office of the applicable trustee or paying agent.
If we issue a debt security in a specified currency other than U.S. dollars, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will appoint a financial institution to act as the exchange rate agent. The exchange rate agent will determine the applicable rate of exchange that would apply to a payment made in U.S. dollars, if the currency in which we otherwise would be required to make the applicable payment is not available. The exchange rate agent may be one of our affiliates, including Banc of America Securities Limited. We will identify in the applicable supplement the exchange rate agent that we have appointed for a particular debt security as of its original issue date. We may appoint different exchange rate agents from time to time after the original issue date of the debt security without your consent and without notifying you of the change. All determinations made by the exchange rate agent will be in its sole discretion unless we state in the applicable supplement that any determination requires our approval. Absent manifest error, those determinations will be final and binding on you and us.
26
Book-entry and other indirect owners of a debt security with a specified currency other than U.S. dollars should contact their banks or brokers for information about how to receive payments in the specified currency or in U.S. dollars.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, our debt securities will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund. This means that we will not deposit money on a regular basis into any separate custodial account to repay the debt securities.
The applicable supplement will indicate whether we may redeem the debt securities prior to their maturity date. If we may redeem the debt securities prior to maturity, the applicable supplement will indicate the redemption price, the method for redemption and the date or dates upon which we may redeem the debt securities. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we may redeem debt securities only on an interest payment date, and the redemption price will be 100% of the principal amount of the debt securities to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we may exercise our right to redeem debt securities by giving notice to the trustee under the applicable indenture at least 10 business days but not more than 60 calendar days before the specified redemption date. The notice will take the form of a certificate signed by us specifying:
| the date fixed for redemption; |
| the redemption price; |
| the CUSIP number of the debt securities to be redeemed; |
| the amount to be redeemed, if less than all of a series of debt securities is to be redeemed; |
| the place of payment for the debt securities to be redeemed; and |
| that on and after the date fixed for redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the debt securities to be redeemed. |
So long as a depository is the record holder of the applicable debt securities to be redeemed, we will deliver any notice of our election to exercise our redemption right only to that depository.
The applicable supplement will indicate whether the debt securities can be repaid at the holders option prior to their maturity date. If the debt securities may be repaid prior to maturity, the applicable supplement will indicate the applicable repayment price or prices, the procedures for repayment and the date or dates on or after which the holder can request repayment.
We may purchase at any time and from time to time, through a subsidiary or affiliate of ours, outstanding debt securities by tender, in the open market, or by private agreement. We, or our affiliates, have the discretion to hold or resell any repurchased debt securities. We also have the discretion to cancel any repurchased debt securities.
27
We may issue debt securities that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, at either our option or the holders option, our preferred stock, depositary shares, common stock, or other debt securities, or debt or equity securities of one or more third parties. The applicable supplement will describe the terms of any conversion, exercise, or exchange features, including:
| the periods during which conversion, exercise, or exchange, as applicable, may be elected; |
| the conversion, exercise, or exchange price payable and the number of shares or amount of our preferred stock, depositary shares, common stock, or other debt securities, or debt or equity securities of a third party, that may be issued upon conversion, exercise, or exchange, and any adjustment provisions; and |
| the procedures for electing conversion, exercise, or exchange, as applicable. |
Exchange, Registration, and Transfer
Subject to the terms of the applicable indenture, debt securities of any series in certificated form may be exchanged at the option of the holder for other debt securities of the same series and of an equal aggregate principal amount and type in any authorized denominations.
Debt securities in certificated form may be presented for registration of transfer at the office of the security registrar or at the office of any transfer agent that we designate and maintain. The security registrar or the transfer agent will make the transfer or registration only if it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request. There will not be a service charge for any exchange or registration of transfer of debt securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with the exchange. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. will be the authenticating agent, registrar, and transfer agent for the debt securities issued under the respective indentures. We may change the security registrar or the transfer agent or approve a change in the location through which any security registrar or transfer agent acts at any time, except that we will be required to maintain a security registrar and transfer agent in each place of payment for each series of debt securities. At any time, we may designate additional transfer agents for any series of debt securities.
We will not be required to (1) issue, exchange, or register the transfer of any debt security of any series to be redeemed for a period of 15 days before those debt securities were selected for redemption, or (2) exchange or register the transfer of any debt security that was selected, called, or is being called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any debt security being redeemed in part.
For a discussion of restrictions on the exchange, registration, and transfer of book-entry securities, see Registration and Settlement below.
Our subordinated debt securities are subordinated in right of payment to all of our senior indebtedness. The Subordinated Indenture defines senior indebtedness as any indebtedness for money borrowed, including all of our indebtedness for borrowed and purchased money, all of our obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct credit substitutes, and our obligations associated with derivative products such as interest and foreign exchange rate contracts and commodity contracts, that was outstanding on the date we executed the Subordinated Indenture, or was created, incurred, or assumed after that date, for which we are responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor, or otherwise, and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, and refundings of that indebtedness or obligations, other than the debt securities issued under
28
the Subordinated Indenture or any other indebtedness that by its terms is subordinate in right of payment to any of our other indebtedness. Each supplement for a series of subordinated debt securities will indicate the aggregate amount of our senior indebtedness outstanding at that time and any limitation on the issuance of additional senior indebtedness.
If there is a default or event of default under any senior indebtedness that would allow acceleration of maturity of the senior indebtedness and that default or event of default is not remedied, and we and the trustee of the Subordinated Indenture receive notice of this default from the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of any kind or category of any senior indebtedness or if the trustee of the Subordinated Indenture receives notice from us, then we will not be able to make any principal, premium, interest, or other payments on the subordinated debt securities or repurchase our subordinated debt securities.
If any subordinated debt security is declared due and payable before the required date or upon a payment or distribution of our assets to creditors pursuant to a dissolution, winding up, liquidation, or reorganization, we are required to pay all principal, premium, interest, or other payments to holders of senior indebtedness before any holders of subordinated debt are paid. In addition, if any amounts previously were paid to the holders of subordinated debt or the trustee of the Subordinated Indenture, the holders of senior indebtedness will have first rights to the amounts previously paid.
Subject to the payment in full of all our senior indebtedness, the holders of our subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of our senior indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of our assets applicable to the senior indebtedness until our subordinated debt securities are paid in full. For purposes of this subrogation, the subordinated debt securities will be subrogated equally and ratably with all our other indebtedness that by its terms ranks equally with our subordinated debt securities and is entitled to like rights of subrogation.
Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Banks
The Senior Indenture prohibits the issuance, sale, or other disposition of capital stock, or securities convertible into or options, warrants, or rights to acquire capital stock, of any Principal Subsidiary Bank (as defined below) or of any subsidiary which owns shares of capital stock, or securities convertible into or options, warrants, or rights to acquire capital stock, of any Principal Subsidiary Bank, with the following exceptions:
| sales of directors qualifying shares; |
| sales or other dispositions for fair market value, if, after giving effect to the disposition and to conversion of any shares or securities convertible into capital stock of a Principal Subsidiary Bank, we would own at least 80% of each class of the capital stock of that Principal Subsidiary Bank; |
| sales or other dispositions made in compliance with an order of a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction; |
| any sale by a Principal Subsidiary Bank of additional shares of its capital stock, securities convertible into shares of its capital stock, or options, warrants, or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of its capital stock, to its stockholders at any price, so long as before that sale we owned, directly or indirectly, securities of the same class and immediately after the sale, we owned, directly or indirectly, at least as great a percentage of each class of securities of the Principal Subsidiary Bank as we owned before the sale of additional securities; and |
| any issuance of shares of capital stock, or securities convertible into or options, warrants, or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of capital stock, of a Principal Subsidiary |
29
Bank or any subsidiary which owns shares of capital stock, or securities convertible into or options, warrants, or rights to acquire capital stock, of any Principal Subsidiary Bank, to us or our wholly owned subsidiary. |
A Principal Subsidiary Bank is defined in the Senior Indenture as any bank with total assets equal to more than 10% of our total consolidated assets. As of the date of this prospectus, Bank of America, N.A. is our only Principal Subsidiary Bank.
Limitation on Mergers and Sales of Assets
Each indenture generally permits a consolidation or merger between us and another entity. It also permits the sale or transfer by us of all or substantially all of our assets. These transactions are permitted if:
| the resulting or acquiring entity, if other than us, is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes all of our obligations under that indenture; and |
| immediately after the transaction, we (or any successor company) are not in default in the performance of any covenant or condition under that indenture. |
Upon any consolidation, merger, sale, or transfer of this kind, the resulting or acquiring entity will be substituted for us in the applicable indenture with the same effect as if it had been an original party to that indenture. As a result, the successor entity may exercise our rights and powers under the indenture.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of all affected series then outstanding under the indenture may waive compliance with some of the covenants or conditions of that indenture.
Modification of the Indentures
We and the trustee may modify the applicable indenture and the rights of the holders of the debt securities with the consent of the holders of at least 662/3% of the aggregate principal amount of all series of debt securities under that indenture affected by the modification. However, no modification may extend the fixed maturity of, reduce the principal amount or redemption premium of, or reduce the rate of, or extend the time of payment of, interest on, any debt security without the consent of each holder affected by the modification. No modification may reduce the percentage of debt securities that is required to consent to modification of an indenture without the consent of all holders of the debt securities outstanding under that indenture.
In addition, we and the trustee may execute supplemental indentures in some circumstances without the consent of any holders of outstanding debt securities.
For purposes of determining the aggregate principal amount of the debt securities outstanding at any time in connection with any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, or waiver under the applicable indenture, (1) the principal amount of any debt security issued with original issue discount is that amount that would be due and payable at that time upon an event of default, and (2) the principal amount of a debt security denominated in a foreign currency or currency unit is the U.S. dollar equivalent on the date of original issuance of the debt security.
30
Meetings and Action by Securityholders
The trustee may call a meeting in its discretion, or upon request by us or the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of a series of outstanding debt securities, by giving notice. If a meeting of holders is duly held, any resolution raised or decision taken in accordance with the indenture will be binding on all holders of debt securities of that series.
Events of Default and Rights of Acceleration
The Senior Indenture defines an event of default for a series of senior debt securities as any one of the following events:
| our failure to pay principal or any premium when due on any securities of that series; |
| our failure to pay interest on any securities of that series, within 30 calendar days after the interest becomes due; |
| our breach of any of our other covenants contained in the senior debt securities of that series or in the Senior Indenture, that is not cured within 90 calendar days after written notice to us by the trustee of the Senior Indenture, or to us and the trustee of the Senior Indenture by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all senior debt securities then outstanding under the Senior Indenture and affected by the breach; and |
| specified events involving our bankruptcy, insolvency, or liquidation. |
The Subordinated Indenture defines an event of default only as our bankruptcy under U.S. federal bankruptcy laws.
If an event of default occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the debt securities outstanding under the applicable indenture (or, in the case of an event of default under the Senior Indenture with respect to a series of senior debt securities, the holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of all series affected) may declare the principal amount, or, if the debt securities are issued with original issue discount, a specified portion of the principal amount, of all debt securities (or the debt securities of all series affected, as the case may be) to be due and payable immediately. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities then outstanding (or of the series affected, as the case may be), in some circumstances, may annul the declaration of acceleration and waive past defaults.
Payment of principal of the subordinated debt securities may not be accelerated in the case of a default in the payment of principal, any premium, interest, or any other amounts or the performance of any of our other covenants.
If we fail to pay the principal of (or, under the Senior Indenture, any premium on) any debt securities, or if we are over 30 calendar days late on an interest payment on the debt securities, the applicable trustee can demand that we pay to it, for the benefit of the holders of those debt securities, the amount which is due and payable on those debt securities, including any interest incurred because of our failure to make that payment. If we fail to pay the required amount on demand, the trustee may take appropriate action, including instituting judicial proceedings against us.
In addition, a holder of a debt security also may file suit to enforce our obligation to make payment of principal, any premium, interest, or other amounts due on that debt security regardless of the actions taken by the trustee.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of each series of the debt securities then outstanding under an indenture may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any
31
proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee under that indenture, but the trustee will be entitled to receive from the holders a reasonable indemnity against expenses and liabilities.
We are required periodically to file with the trustees a certificate stating that we are not in default under any of the terms of the indentures.
If we so specify in the applicable supplement, and subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth below, we will pay to the beneficial owner of any debt security that is a non-U.S. person additional amounts to ensure that every net payment on that debt security will not be less, due to the payment of U.S. withholding tax, than the amount then otherwise due and payable. For this purpose, a net payment on a debt security means a payment by us or any paying agent, including payment of principal and interest, after deduction for any present or future tax, assessment, or other governmental charge of the United States (other than a territory or possession). These additional amounts will constitute additional interest on the debt security. For this purpose, U.S. withholding tax means a withholding tax of the United States, other than a territory or possession.
However, notwithstanding our obligation, if so specified, to pay additional amounts, we will not be required to pay additional amounts in any of the circumstances described in items (1) through (13) below, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement.
(1) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the beneficial owner of the debt security: |
| having a relationship with the United States as a citizen, resident, or otherwise; |
| having had such a relationship in the past; or |
| being considered as having had such a relationship. |
(2) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the beneficial owner of the debt security: |
| being treated as present in or engaged in a trade or business in the United States; |
| being treated as having been present in or engaged in a trade or business in the United States in the past; |
| having or having had a permanent establishment in the United States; or |
| having or having had a qualified business unit which has the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. |
(3) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the beneficial owner of the debt security being or having been a: |
| personal holding company; |
| foreign personal holding company; |
| private foundation or other tax-exempt organization; |
| passive foreign investment company; |
| controlled foreign corporation; or |
| corporation which has accumulated earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax. |
32
(4) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the beneficial owner of the debt security owning or having owned, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote. |
(5) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the beneficial owner of the debt security being a bank extending credit under a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business. |
For purposes of items (1) through (5) above, beneficial owner includes, without limitation, a holder and a fiduciary, settlor, partner, member, shareholder, or beneficiary of the holder if the holder is an estate, trust, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other entity, or a person holding a power over an estate or trust administered by a fiduciary holder.
(6) | Additional amounts will not be payable to any beneficial owner of a debt security that is: |
| A fiduciary; |
| A partnership; |
| A limited liability company; |
| Another fiscally transparent entity; or |
| Not the sole beneficial owner of the debt security, or any portion of the debt security. |
However, this exception to the obligation to pay additional amounts will apply only to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor in relation to the fiduciary, or a beneficial owner, partner, or member of the partnership, limited liability company, or other fiscally transparent entity, would not have been entitled to the payment of an additional amount had the beneficiary, settlor, beneficial owner, partner, or member received directly its beneficial or distributive share of the payment.
(7) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the failure of the beneficial owner of the debt security or any other person to comply with applicable certification, identification, documentation, or other information reporting requirements. This exception to the obligation to pay additional amounts will apply only if compliance with such requirements is required as a precondition to exemption from such tax, assessment, or other governmental charge by statute or regulation of the United States or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the United States is a party. |
(8) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is collected or imposed by any method other than by withholding from a payment on a debt security by us or any paying agent. |
(9) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later. |
33
(10) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the presentation by the beneficial owner of a debt security for payment more than 30 days after the date on which such payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later. |
(11) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any: |
| estate tax; |
| inheritance tax; |
| gift tax; |
| sales tax; |
| excise tax; |
| transfer tax; |
| wealth tax; |
| personal property tax; or |
| any similar tax, assessment, or other governmental charge. |
(12) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any paying agent from a payment of principal or interest on the applicable security if such payment can be made without such withholding by any other paying agent. |
(13) | Additional amounts will not be payable if a payment on a debt security is reduced as a result of any combination of items (1) through (12) above. |
Except as specifically provided in this section, we will not be required to make any payment of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge imposed by any government, political subdivision, or taxing authority of that government.
For purposes of determining whether the payment of additional amounts is required, the term U.S. person means any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; any corporation, partnership, or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States; any estate if the income of such estate falls within the federal income tax jurisdiction of the United States regardless of the source of that income; and any trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of the trust. Additionally, for this purpose, non-U.S. person means a person who is not a U.S. person, and United States means the United States of America, including each state of the United States and the District of Columbia, its territories, its possessions, and other areas within its jurisdiction.
If we so specify in the applicable supplement, we may redeem the debt securities in whole, but not in part, at any time before maturity, after giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 calendar days notice to the trustee under the applicable indenture and to the holders of the debt securities, if we have or will become obligated to pay additional amounts, as described above under Payment of Additional Amounts, as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision or any authority of the United States having power to tax, or any change in the application or official interpretation of
34
such laws or regulations, which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the date of the applicable supplement for the issuance of those debt securities.
Before we publish any notice of redemption for tax reasons, we will deliver to the trustee under the indenture a certificate signed by our chief financial officer or a senior vice president stating that we are entitled to redeem the debt securities and that the conditions precedent to redemption have occurred.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, any debt securities redeemed for tax reasons will be redeemed at 100% of their principal amount together with interest accrued up to, but excluding, the redemption date.
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
If we so specify in the applicable supplement, the provisions for full defeasance and covenant defeasance described below will apply to the debt securities if certain conditions are satisfied.
Full Defeasance. If there is a change in the U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on any debt securities. This is called full defeasance. For us to do so, each of the following must occur:
| We must deposit in trust for the benefit of the holders of those debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal, and any other payments on those debt securities at their due dates; |
| There must be a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an Internal Revenue Service ruling that lets us make the above deposit without causing the holders to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the debt securities ourselves. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit, and our legal release from your debt security would be treated as though we took back your debt security and gave you your share of the cash and notes or bonds deposited in trust. In that event, you could recognize gain or loss on your debt security; and |
| We must deliver to the trustee under the indenture a legal opinion of our counsel confirming the tax law treatment described above. |
If we ever fully defeased your debt security, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for payments on your debt security. You would not be able to look to us for payment in the event of any shortfall.
Covenant Defeasance. Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the same type of deposit described above and be released from any restrictive covenants relating to your debt security. This is called covenant defeasance. In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants. In order to achieve covenant defeasance for the debt securities, we must do both of the following:
| We must deposit in trust for the benefit of the holders of those debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal, and any other payments on those debt securities on their due dates; and |
| We must deliver to the trustee under the indenture a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that under current U.S. federal income tax law we may make the above deposit without causing the holders to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the debt securities ourselves. |
If we achieve covenant defeasance with respect to your debt security, you can still look to us for repayment of your debt security in the event of any shortfall in the trust deposit. You should
35
note, however, that if one of the remaining events of default occurred, such as our bankruptcy, and your debt security became immediately due and payable, there may be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.
We will provide the holders with any required notices by first-class mail to the addresses of the holders as they appear in the security register. So long as a depository is the record holder of a series of debt securities with respect to which a notice is given, we will deliver the notice only to that depository.
We and certain of our affiliates have from time to time maintained deposit accounts and conducted other banking transactions with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business. We expect to continue these business transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. and its affiliates also serve as trustee for a number of series of outstanding indebtedness of us and our affiliates under other indentures.
The indentures and the debt securities will be governed by New York law.
We may issue warrants, including debt warrants and universal warrants. We may offer warrants separately or as part of a unit, as described below under the heading Description of Units.
We may issue warrants in any amounts or in as many distinct series as we determine. We will issue each series of debt warrants and universal warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent to be designated in the applicable supplement. When we refer to a series of warrants, we mean all warrants issued as part of the same series under the applicable warrant agreement.
This section describes some of the general terms and provisions of the warrants. We will describe the specific terms of a series of warrants and the applicable warrant agreement in the applicable supplement. The following description and any description of the warrants in the applicable supplement may not be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the terms and provisions of the applicable warrant agreement. A form of the warrant agreement reflecting the particular terms and provisions of a series of offered warrants will be filed with the SEC in connection with the offering and incorporated by reference in the registration statement and this prospectus. See Where You Can Find More Information below for information on how to obtain copies of any warrant agreements.
Debt warrants are rights to purchase our debt securities. If debt warrants are offered, the supplement will describe the terms of the debt warrants and the warrant agreement relating to the debt warrants, including the following:
| the offering price; |
36
| the designation, aggregate stated principal amount, and terms of the debt securities purchasable upon exercise of the debt warrants; |
| the currency, currency unit, or composite currency in which the price for the debt warrants is payable; |
| if applicable, the designation and terms of the debt securities with which the debt warrants are issued, and the number of debt warrants issued with each security; |
| if applicable, the date on and after which the debt warrants and the related debt securities will be separately transferable; |
| the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of a debt warrant and the price at which, and the currency, currency units, or composite currency based on or relating to currencies in which, the principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon exercise; |
| the dates the right to exercise the debt warrants will commence and expire and, if the debt warrants are not continuously exercisable, any dates on which the debt warrants are not exercisable; |
| any circumstances that will cause the debt warrants to be deemed to be automatically exercised; |
| if applicable, a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences; |
| whether the debt warrants or related securities will be listed on any securities exchange; |
| whether the debt warrants will be issued in global or certificated form; |
| the name of the warrant agent; |
| a description of the terms of any warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a bank or trust company, as warrant agent, governing the debt warrants; and |
| any other terms of the debt warrants which are permitted under the warrant agreement. |
Description of Universal Warrants
Universal warrants are rights to purchase or sell, or our delivery obligations are determined by reference to the performance, level, or value of, one or more of the following:
| securities of one or more issuers, including our common or preferred stock or other securities described in this prospectus, or the debt or equity securities of third parties; |
| one or more currencies, currency units, or composite currencies; |
| one or more commodities; |
| any other financial, economic, or other measure or instrument, including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or circumstance; and |
| one or more indices or baskets of the items described above. |
We refer to each type of property described above as warrant property.
We may satisfy our obligations, if any, and the holder of a universal warrant may satisfy its obligations, if any, with respect to any universal warrants by delivering the assets described in the applicable supplement, and in some cases, cash.
If universal warrants are offered, the applicable supplement will describe the terms of the universal warrants and the warrant agreement, including the following:
| the offering price; |
37
| the title and aggregate number of the universal warrants; |
| the nature and amount of the warrant property that the universal warrants represent the right to buy or sell; |
| whether the universal warrants are put warrants or call warrants, including in either case, the method by which the warrants may be settled; |
| the price at which the warrant property may be purchased or sold, the currency, and the procedures and conditions relating to exercise; |
| the method of exercising the universal warrants, the method of paying the exercise price, and the method of settling the warrant; |
| the dates on which the right to exercise the universal warrants will commence and expire; |
| if applicable, a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences; |
| whether the universal warrants or underlying securities will be listed on any securities exchange; |
| whether the universal warrants will be issued in global or certificated form; |
| the name of the warrant agent; |
| a description of the terms of any warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a bank or trust company, as warrant agent, governing the universal warrants; and |
| any other terms of the universal warrants which are permitted under the warrant agreement. |
We and the warrant agent may amend the terms of any warrant agreement and the warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants to cure any ambiguity, to correct any inconsistent provision, or in any other manner we deem necessary or desirable and which will not affect adversely the interests of the holders. In addition, we may amend the warrant agreement and the terms of the warrants with the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding unexercised warrants affected. However, any modification to the warrants cannot change the exercise price, reduce the amounts receivable upon exercise, cancellation, or expiration, shorten the time period during which the warrants may be exercised, or otherwise materially and adversely affect the rights of the holders of the warrants or reduce the percentage of outstanding warrants required to modify or amend the warrant agreement or the terms of the warrants, without the consent of the affected holders.
Enforceability of Rights of Warrantholders; No Trust Indenture Act Protection
The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with the holders of the warrants. Any record holder or beneficial owner of a warrant, without anyone elses consent, may enforce by appropriate legal action, on his or her own behalf, his or her right to exercise the warrant in accordance with its terms. A holder of a warrant will not be entitled to any of the rights of a holder of the debt securities or other securities or warrant property purchasable upon the exercise of the warrant, including any right to receive payments on those securities or warrant property or to enforce any covenants or rights in the relevant indenture or any other agreement, before exercising the warrant.
No warrant agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and no warrant agent under any warrant agreement will be required to qualify as a trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act of
38
1939. Therefore, holders of warrants issued under a warrant agreement will not have the protection of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 with respect to their warrants.
Any warrants we issue will be our unsecured contractual obligations. Claims of holders of our warrants generally will have a junior position to claims of creditors of our subsidiaries including, in the case of our banking subsidiaries, their depositors.
DESCRIPTION OF PURCHASE CONTRACTS
We may issue purchase contracts in any amounts and in as many distinct series as we determine. We may offer purchase contracts separately or as part of a unit, as described below under the heading Description of Units. When we refer to a series of purchase contracts, we mean all purchase contracts issued as part of the same series under the applicable purchase contract.
This section describes some of the general terms and provisions applicable to all purchase contracts. We will describe the specific terms of a series of purchase contracts in the applicable supplement. The following description and any description of the purchase contracts in the applicable supplement may not be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the terms and provisions of the applicable purchase contract. A form of the purchase contract reflecting the particular terms and provisions of a series of offered purchase contracts will be filed with the SEC in connection with the offering and incorporated by reference in the registration statement and this prospectus. See Where You Can Find More Information below for information on how to obtain copies of any purchase contracts.
We may issue purchase contracts for the purchase or sale of, or whose cash value is determined by reference or linked to the performance, level, or value of, one or more of the following:
| securities of one or more issuers, including our common or preferred stock, other securities described in this prospectus, or the debt or equity securities of third parties; |
| one or more currencies, currency units, or composite currencies; |
| one or more commodities; |
| any other financial, economic, or other measure or instrument, including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or circumstance; and |
| one or more indices or baskets of the items described above. |
We refer to each type of property described above as a purchase contract property.
Each purchase contract will obligate:
| the holder to purchase or sell, and us to sell or purchase, on specified dates, one or more purchase contract properties at a specified price or prices; or |
| the holder or us to settle the purchase contract with a cash payment determined by reference to the value, performance, or level of one or more purchase contract properties, on specified dates and at a specified price or prices. |
39
No holder of a purchase contract will, as such, have any rights of a holder of the purchase contract property purchasable under or referenced in the contract, including any rights to receive payments on that property.
If we offer purchase contracts, the applicable supplement will describe the terms of the purchase contracts, including the following:
| the purchase date or dates; |
| if other than U.S. dollars, the currency or currency unit in which payment will be made; |
| the specific designation and aggregate number of, and the price at which we will issue, the purchase contracts; |
| whether the purchase contract obligates the holder to purchase or sell, or both purchase and sell, one or more purchase contract properties, and the nature and amount of each of those properties, or the method of determining those amounts; |
| the purchase contract property or cash value, and the amount or method for determining the amount of purchase contract property or cash value, deliverable under each purchase contract; |
| whether the purchase contract is to be prepaid or not and the governing document for the contract; |
| the price at which the purchase contract is settled, and whether the purchase contract is to be settled by delivery of, or by reference or linkage to the value, performance, or level of, the purchase contract properties; |
| any acceleration, cancellation, termination, or other provisions relating to the settlement of the purchase contract; |
| if the purchase contract property is an index, the method of providing for a substitute index or indices or otherwise determining the amount payable; |
| if the purchase contract property is an index or a basket of securities, a description of the index or basket of securities; |
| whether, following the occurrence of a market disruption event or force majeure event (as defined in the applicable supplement), the settlement delivery obligation or cash settlement value of a purchase contract will be determined on a different basis than under normal circumstances; |
| whether the purchase contract will be issued as part of a unit and, if so, the other securities comprising the unit and whether any unit securities will be subject to a security interest in our favor as described below; |
| if applicable, a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences; |
| the identities of any depositories and any paying, transfer, calculation, or other agents for the purchase contracts; |
| whether the purchase contract will be issued in global or certificated form; |
| any securities exchange or quotation system on which the purchase contracts or any securities deliverable in settlement of the purchase contracts may be listed; and |
| any other terms of the purchase contracts and any terms required by or advisable under applicable laws and regulations. |
40
Prepaid Purchase Contracts; Applicability of Indenture
Purchase contracts may require holders to satisfy their obligations under the purchase contracts at the time they are issued. We refer to these contracts as prepaid purchase contracts.
In certain circumstances, our obligation to settle a prepaid purchase contract on the relevant settlement date may constitute our senior debt securities or our subordinated debt securities. Accordingly, prepaid purchase contracts may be issued under the Senior Indenture or the Subordinated Indenture, which are described above under the heading Description of Debt Securities.
Non-Prepaid Purchase Contracts; No Trust Indenture Act Protection
Some purchase contracts do not require holders to satisfy their obligations under the purchase contracts until settlement. We refer to these contracts as non-prepaid purchase contracts. The holder of a non-prepaid purchase contract may remain obligated to perform under the contract for a substantial period of time.
Non-prepaid purchase contracts will be issued under a unit agreement, if they are issued in units, or under some other document, if they are not. We describe unit agreements generally under the heading Description of Units below. We will describe the particular governing document that applies to your non-prepaid purchase contracts in the applicable supplement.
Non-prepaid purchase contracts will not be our senior debt securities or subordinated debt securities and will not be issued under one of our indentures, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement. Consequently, no governing documents for non-prepaid purchase contracts will be qualified as indentures, and no third party will be required to qualify as a trustee with regard to those contracts, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Therefore, holders of non-prepaid purchase contracts will not have the protection of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
Pledge by Holders to Secure Performance
If we so specify in the applicable supplement, the holders obligations under the purchase contract and governing document will be secured by collateral. In that case, the holder, acting through the unit agent as its attorney-in-fact, if applicable, will pledge the items described below to a collateral agent that we will identify in the applicable supplement, which will hold them, for our benefit, as collateral to secure the holders obligations. We refer to this as the pledge and all the items described below as the pledged items. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the pledge will create a security interest in the holders entire interest in and to:
| any other securities included in the unit, if the purchase contract is part of a unit, and/or any other property specified in the applicable supplement; |
| all additions to and substitutions for the pledged items; |
| all income, proceeds, and collections received in respect of the pledged items; and |
| all powers and rights owned or acquired later with respect to the pledged items. |
The collateral agent will forward all payments and proceeds from the pledged items to us, unless the payments and proceeds have been released from the pledge in accordance with the purchase contract and the governing document. We will use the payments and proceeds from the pledged items to satisfy the holders obligations under the purchase contract.
Settlement of Purchase Contracts that Are Part of Units
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, where purchase contracts issued together with debt securities as part of a unit require the holders to buy purchase contract
41
property, the unit agent may apply principal payments from the debt securities in satisfaction of the holders obligations under the related purchase contract as specified in the applicable supplement. The unit agent will not so apply the principal payments if the holder has delivered cash to meet its obligations under the purchase contract. If the holder is permitted to settle its obligations by cash payment, the holder may be permitted to do so by delivering the debt securities in the unit to the unit agent as provided in the governing document. If the holder settles its obligations in cash rather than be delivering the debt security that is part of the unit, that debt security will remain outstanding, if the maturity extends beyond the relevant settlement date and, as more fully described in the applicable supplement, the holder will receive that debt security or an interest in the relevant global debt security.
Book-entry and other indirect owners should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to settle their purchase contracts.
Failure of Holder to Perform Obligations
If the holder fails to settle its obligations under a non-prepaid purchase contract as required, the holder will not receive the purchase contract property or other consideration to be delivered at settlement. Holders that fail to make timely settlement also may be obligated to pay interest or other amounts.
The purchase contracts are our unsecured contractual obligations. Claims of holders of our purchase contracts generally will have a junior position to claims of creditors of our subsidiaries including, in the case of our banking subsidiaries, their depositors.
We may issue units from time to time in such amounts and in as many distinct series as we determine.
We will issue each series of units under a unit agreement to be entered into between us and a unit agent to be designated in the applicable supplement. When we refer to a series of units, we mean all units issued as part of the same series under the applicable unit agreement.
This section describes some of the general terms and provisions applicable to all the units. We will describe the specific terms of a series of units and the applicable unit agreement in the applicable supplement. The following description and any description of the units in the applicable supplement may not be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the terms and provisions of the applicable unit agreement. A form of the unit agreement reflecting the particular terms and provisions of a series of offered units will be filed with the SEC in connection with the offering and incorporated by reference in the registration statement and this prospectus. See Where You Can Find More Information below for information on how to obtain copies of any unit agreements.
We may issue units consisting of any combination of two or more securities described in this prospectus or securities of third parties, in any combination. Each unit will be issued so that the holder of the unit is also the holder of each security included in the unit. Thus, the holder of a unit will have the rights and obligations of a holder of each included security. The unit agreement under which a unit is issued may provide that the securities included in the unit may not be held or transferred separately, at any time or at any time before a specified date.
42
If units are offered, the applicable supplement will describe the terms of the units, including the following:
| the designation and aggregate number of, and the price at which we will issue, the units; |
| the terms of the units and of the securities comprising the units, including whether and under what circumstances the securities comprising the units may or may not be held or transferred separately; |
| the name of the unit agent; |
| a description of the terms of any unit agreement to be entered into between us and a bank or trust company, as unit agent, governing the units; |
| if applicable, a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences; |
| whether the units will be listed on any securities exchange; and |
| a description of the provisions for the payment, settlement, transfer, or exchange of the units. |
Unit Agreements: Prepaid, Non-Prepaid, and Other
If a unit includes one or more purchase contracts, and all those purchase contracts are prepaid purchase contracts, we will issue the unit under a prepaid unit agreement. Prepaid unit agreements will reflect the fact that the holders of the related units have no further obligations under the purchase contracts included in their units. If a unit includes one or more non-prepaid purchase contracts, we will issue the unit under a non-prepaid unit agreement. Non-prepaid unit agreements will reflect the fact that the holders have payment or other obligations under one or more of the purchase contracts comprising their units. We may also issue units under other kinds of unit agreements, which will be described in the applicable supplement, if applicable.
Each holder of units issued under a non-prepaid unit agreement will:
| be bound by the terms of each non-prepaid purchase contract included in the holders units and by the terms of the unit agreement with respect to those contracts; and |
| appoint the unit agent as its authorized agent to execute, deliver, and perform on the holders behalf each non-prepaid purchase contract included in the holders units. |
Any unit agreement for a unit that includes a non-prepaid purchase contract also will include provisions regarding the holders pledge of collateral and special settlement provisions. These are described above under the heading Description of Purchase Contracts.
A unit agreement also may serve as the governing document for a security included in a unit. For example, a non-prepaid purchase contract that is part of a unit may be issued under and governed by the relevant unit agreement.
We and the unit agent may amend the terms of any unit agreement and the units without the consent of the holders to cure any ambiguity, to correct any inconsistent provision, or in any other manner we deem necessary or desirable and which will not affect adversely the interests of the holders. In addition, we may amend the unit agreement and the terms of the units with the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding unexpired units affected. However, any modification to the units that materially and adversely affects the rights of the holders of the units, or reduces the percentage of outstanding units required to modify or amend the unit agreement or the terms of the units, requires the consent of the affected holders.
43
Enforceability of Rights of Unitholders; No Trust Indenture Act Protection
The unit agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with the holders of the units. Except as described below, any record holder of a unit, without anyone elses consent, may enforce his or her rights as holder under any security included in the unit, in accordance with the terms of the included security and the indenture, warrant agreement, unit agreement, or purchase contract under which that security is issued. We describe these terms in other sections of this prospectus relating to debt securities, warrants, and purchase contracts.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a unit agreement may limit or otherwise affect the ability of a holder of units issued under that agreement to enforce his or her rights, including any right to bring legal action, with respect to those units or any included securities, other than debt securities. We will describe any limitations of this kind in the applicable supplement.
No unit agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and no unit agent will be required to qualify as a trustee under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Therefore, holders of units issued under a unit agreement will not have the protection of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 with respect to their units.
The units are our unsecured contractual obligations. Claims of holders of our units generally will have a junior position to claims of creditors of our subsidiaries including, in the case of our banking subsidiaries, their depositors.
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK
As of the date of this prospectus, under our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, we have authority to issue 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. We may issue preferred stock in one or more series, each with the preferences, designations, limitations, conversion rights, and other rights as we may determine. Of our authorized and outstanding preferred stock, as of March 31, 2009:
| 35,045 shares were designated as 7% Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation preference of $100 per share, 7,642 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 34,500 shares were designated as 6.204% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 33,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 85,100 shares were designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 81,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 124,200 shares were designated as 8.20% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 117,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding. |
| 25,300 shares were designated as 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 22,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
44
| 41,400 shares were designated as 7.25% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 41,400 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 240,000 shares were designated as Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 240,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 6,900,000 shares were designated as 7.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series L, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, 6,900,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 160,000 shares were designated as Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series M, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 160,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 600,000 shares were designated as Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series N, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 600,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 400,000 shares were designated as Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series Q, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 400,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 800,000 shares were designated as Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series R, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, 800,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 21,000 shares were designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series 1, having a liquidation preference of $30,000 per share, 21,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 37,000 shares were designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series 2, having a liquidation preference of $30,000 per share, 37,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 27,000 shares were designated as 6.375% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series 3, having a liquidation preference of $30,000 per share, 27,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 20,000 shares were designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series 4, having a liquidation preference of $30,000 per share, 20,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 50,000 shares were designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series 5, having a liquidation preference of $30,000 per share, 50,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 65,000 shares were designated as 6.70% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series 6, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, 65,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; |
| 50,000 shares were designated as 6.25% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series 7, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, 50,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding; and |
| 89,100 shares were designated as 8.625% Noncumulative Preferred Stock, Series 8, having a liquidation preference of $30,000 per share, 89,100 shares of which were issued and outstanding. |
45
In addition, as of March 31, 2009, the following series of preferred stock were designated, but no shares of any of these series were outstanding:
| 3 million shares of ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C; |
| 20 million shares of $2.50 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series BB; |
| 7,001 shares of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F; and |
| 8,501 shares of Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G. |
We refer to all of our preferred stock summarized above as our existing preferred stock. This brief summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the description of these securities contained in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the respective certificates of designation for each series of our existing preferred stock. In addition, for a more complete description of our existing preferred stock as of March 31, 2009, see the information contained in our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 20, 2009, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We may update this description of some or all of our existing preferred stock from time to time in amendments to this Form 8-K or reports that we file under the Exchange Act.
General. Any preferred stock sold under this prospectus will have the general dividend, voting, and liquidation preference rights stated below unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement. The applicable supplement for a series of preferred stock will describe the specific terms of those shares, including, where applicable:
| the title and stated value of the preferred stock; |
| the aggregate number of shares of preferred stock offered; |
| the offering price or prices of the preferred stock; |
| the dividend rate or rates or method of calculation, the dividend period, and the dates dividends will be payable; |
| whether dividends are cumulative or noncumulative, and, if cumulative, the date the dividends will begin to cumulate; |
| the dividend and liquidation preference rights of the preferred stock relative to any existing or future series of our preferred stock; |
| the dates the preferred stock become subject to redemption at our option, and any redemption terms; |
| any redemption or sinking fund provisions; |
| whether the preferred stock will be issued in other than book-entry form; |
| whether the preferred stock will be listed on any securities exchange; |
| any rights on the part of the stockholder or us to convert the preferred stock into shares of our common stock or any other security; and |
| any additional voting, liquidation, preemptive, and other rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, and restrictions. |
Dividends. The holders of our preferred stock will be entitled to receive when, as, and if declared by our board of directors, cash dividends at those rates as will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. All dividends will be paid out of funds that are legally available for this purpose. Unless we specify
46
otherwise in the applicable supplement, whenever dividends on any non-voting preferred stock are in arrears for six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive), holders of the non-voting preferred stock will have the right to elect two additional directors to serve on our board of directors, and these two additional directors will continue to serve until full dividends on such non-voting preferred stock have been paid regularly for at least four quarterly dividend periods.
Voting. The holders of our preferred stock will have no voting rights except:
| as required by applicable law; or |
| as specifically approved by us for that particular series. |
Under regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, if the holders of any series of our preferred stock become entitled to vote for the election of directors because dividends on that series are in arrears, that series may then be deemed a class of voting securities. In such a case, a holder of 25% or more of the series, or a holder of 5% or more if that holder would also be considered to exercise a controlling influence over us, may then be subject to regulation as a bank holding company in accordance with the Bank Holding Company Act. In addition, (1) any other bank holding company may be required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire or retain 5% or more of that series, and (2) any person other than a bank holding company may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire or retain 10% or more of that series.
Liquidation Preference. In the event of our voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up, the holders of any series of our preferred stock will be entitled to receive, after distributions to holders of any series or class of our capital stock ranking superior, an amount equal to the stated or liquidation value of the shares of the series plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends. If the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of our preferred stock will be insufficient to permit full payment to the holders, then the holders of our preferred stock will share ratably in any distribution of our assets in proportion to the amounts that they otherwise would receive on their shares of our preferred stock if the shares were paid in full.
TARP Program. In October 2008 and January 2009, we issued preferred stock and warrants to purchase our common stock to the U.S. Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program and targeted investment program. Under the terms of these issuances, for so long as any of the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury remains outstanding, we are prohibited from purchasing or redeeming our capital securities or other equity securities, including our preferred stock, without the U.S. Treasurys consent, until January 2012 or until the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock issued to it to third parties. Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is outstanding, we are restricted from making dividend payments and prohibited from making repurchases or redemptions relating to our equity securities, including our preferred stock, until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on the preferred stock issued to U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limited exceptions.
DESCRIPTION OF DEPOSITARY SHARES
We may offer depositary receipts evidencing depositary shares, each of which will represent a fractional interest in shares of preferred stock, rather than full shares of these securities. We will deposit shares of preferred stock of each series represented by depositary shares under a deposit agreement between us and a U.S. bank or trust company that we will select (the depository).
47
This section describes some of the general terms and provisions applicable to all depositary shares. We will describe the specific terms of a series of depositary shares and the deposit agreement in the applicable supplement. The following description and any description of the depositary shares in the applicable supplement may not be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the terms and provisions of the applicable deposit agreement and depositary receipts. Forms of the deposit agreement and depositary receipts reflecting the particular terms and provisions of a series of offered depositary shares will be filed with the SEC in connection with the offering and incorporated by reference in the registration statement and this prospectus. See Where You Can Find More Information below for information on how to obtain copies of any deposit agreements and depositary receipts.
Terms of the Depositary Shares
Depositary receipts issued under the deposit agreement will evidence the depositary shares. Depositary receipts will be distributed to those persons purchasing depositary shares representing fractional shares of preferred stock in accordance with the terms of the offering. Subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, each holder of a depositary share will be entitled, in proportion to the fractional interest of a share of preferred stock represented by the applicable depositary share, to all the rights and preferences of the preferred stock being represented, including dividend, voting, redemption, conversion, and liquidation rights, all as will be set forth in the applicable supplement relating to the depositary shares being offered.
Pending the preparation of definitive depositary receipts, the depository, upon our written order, may issue temporary depositary receipts. The temporary depositary receipts will be substantially identical to, and will have all the rights of, the definitive depositary receipts, but will not be in definitive form. Definitive depositary receipts will be prepared thereafter and temporary depositary receipts will be exchanged for definitive depositary receipts at our expense.
Unless the depositary shares have been called for redemption, a holder of depositary shares may surrender his or her depositary receipts at the principal office of the depository, pay any charges, and comply with any other terms as provided in the deposit agreement for the number of shares of preferred stock underlying the depositary shares. A holder of depositary shares who withdraws shares of preferred stock will be entitled to receive whole shares of preferred stock on the basis set forth in the applicable supplement relating to the depositary shares being offered.
However, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, holders of whole shares of preferred stock will not be entitled to deposit those shares under the deposit agreement or to receive depositary receipts for those shares after the withdrawal. If the depositary shares surrendered by the holder in connection with the withdrawal exceed the number of depositary shares that represent the number of whole shares of preferred stock to be withdrawn, the depository will deliver to the holder at the same time a new depositary receipt evidencing the excess number of depositary shares.
Dividends and Other Distributions
The depository will distribute all cash dividends or other cash distributions received in respect of the preferred stock to the record holders of depositary shares relating to that preferred stock in proportion to the number of depositary shares owned by those holders. However, the depository will distribute only the amount that can be distributed without attributing to any holder of depositary shares a fraction of one cent. Any balance that is not distributed will be added to and treated as part of the next sum received by the depository for distribution to record holders.
48
If there is a distribution other than in cash, the depository will distribute property it receives to the record holders of depositary shares who are entitled to that property. However, if the depository determines that it is not feasible to make this distribution of property, the depository, with our approval, may sell that property and distribute the net proceeds to the holders of the depositary shares.
Redemption of Depositary Shares
If a series of preferred stock which relates to depositary shares is redeemed, the depositary shares will be redeemed from the proceeds received by the depository from the redemption, in whole or in part, of that series of preferred stock. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the depository will mail notice of redemption at least 30 and not more than 45 calendar days before the date fixed for redemption to the record holders of the depositary shares to be redeemed at their addresses appearing in the depositorys books. The redemption price per depositary share will be equal to the applicable fraction of the redemption price per share payable on that series of the preferred stock.
Whenever we redeem preferred stock held by the depository, the depository will redeem as of the same redemption date the number of depositary shares representing the preferred stock redeemed. If less than all of the depositary shares are redeemed, the depositary shares redeemed will be selected by lot or pro rata or by any other equitable method as the depository may decide.
After the date fixed for redemption, the depositary shares called for redemption will no longer be deemed to be outstanding. At that time, all rights of the holder of the depositary shares will cease, except the right to receive any money or other property they become entitled to receive upon surrender to the depository of the depositary receipts.
Voting the Deposited Preferred Stock
Any voting rights of holders of the depositary shares are directly dependent on the voting rights of the underlying preferred stock, which customarily have limited voting rights. Upon receipt of notice of any meeting at which the holders of the preferred stock held by the depository are entitled to vote, the depository will mail the information contained in the notice of meeting to the record holders of the depositary shares relating to the preferred stock. Each record holder of depositary shares on the record date, which will be the same date as the record date for the preferred stock, will be entitled to instruct the depository as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the amount of preferred stock underlying the holders depositary shares. The depository will endeavor, insofar as practicable, to vote the amount of preferred stock underlying the depositary shares in accordance with these instructions. We will agree to take all action which may be deemed necessary by the depository to enable the depository to do so. The depository will not vote any shares of preferred stock except to the extent it receives specific instructions from the holders of depositary shares representing that number of shares of preferred stock.
Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement
The form of depositary receipt evidencing the depositary shares and any provision of the deposit agreement may be amended by agreement between us and the depository. However, any amendment which materially and adversely alters the rights of the existing holders of depositary shares will not be effective unless the amendment has been approved by the record holders of at least a majority of the depositary shares then outstanding. Either we or the depository may terminate a deposit agreement if all of the outstanding depositary shares have been redeemed or if there has been a final distribution in respect of our preferred stock in connection with our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
49
We will pay all transfer and other taxes, assessments, and governmental charges arising solely from the existence of the depository arrangements. We will pay the fees of the depository in connection with the initial deposit of the preferred stock and any redemption of the preferred stock. Holders of depositary receipts will pay transfer and other taxes, assessments, and governmental charges and any other charges as are expressly provided in the deposit agreement to be for their accounts. The depository may refuse to effect any transfer of a depositary receipt or any withdrawals of preferred stock evidenced by a depositary receipt until all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges with respect to the depositary receipt or preferred stock are paid by their holders.
The depository will forward to the holders of depositary shares all of our reports and communications which are delivered to the depository and which we are required to furnish to the holders of our preferred stock.
Neither we nor the depository will be liable if we are prevented or delayed by law or any circumstance beyond our control in performing our obligations under the deposit agreement. All of our obligations as well as the depositorys obligations under the deposit agreement are limited to performance in good faith of our respective duties set forth in the deposit agreement, and neither of us will be obligated to prosecute or defend any legal proceeding relating to any depositary shares or preferred stock unless provided with satisfactory indemnity. We, and the depository, may rely upon written advice of counsel or accountants, or information provided by persons presenting preferred stock for deposit, holders of depositary shares, or other persons believed to be competent and on documents believed to be genuine.
Resignation and Removal of Depository
The depository may resign at any time by delivering to us notice of its election to do so, and we may remove the depository at any time. Any resignation or removal will take effect only upon the appointment of a successor depository and the successor depositorys acceptance of the appointment. Any successor depository must be a U.S. bank or trust company.
The following summary of our common stock is qualified in its entirety by reference to the description of the common stock incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
As of the date of this prospectus, under our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, we are authorized to issue 10 billion shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of which approximately 6.40 billion shares were outstanding on March 31, 2009. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol BAC. Our common stock also is listed on the London Stock Exchange, and certain shares are listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange. As of March 31, 2009, approximately 1.22 billion shares were reserved for issuance in connection with our various employee and director benefit plans, the conversion of outstanding securities convertible into shares of our common stock, and for other purposes. After taking into account the reserved shares, there were approximately 2.38 billion authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance as of March 31, 2009.
In October 2008 and January 2009, we issued preferred stock and warrants to purchase our common stock to the U.S. Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program and targeted investment program. Under the terms of these issuances, for so long as any of the preferred
50
stock issued to the U.S. Treasury remains outstanding, we are prohibited from increasing the current quarterly dividend rate on our common stock (currently $0.01 per share) and from repurchasing our trust preferred securities or equity securities, including our common stock (except for repurchases of common stock in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice), without the U.S. Treasurys consent, until January 2012 or until the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock issued to it to third parties. Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is outstanding, dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities, including our common stock, are prohibited until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limited exceptions.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. There are no cumulative voting rights. In general, a majority of votes cast on a matter is sufficient to take action upon routine matters, including the election of directors in an uncontested election. However, (1) amendments to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation generally must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding stock, and (2) a merger, dissolution, or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets generally must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding stock.
In the event of our liquidation, holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata any assets legally available for distribution to stockholders, subject to any prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.
Our common stock does not have any preemptive rights, redemption privileges, sinking fund privileges, or conversion rights. All the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and upon proper conversion of any convertible securities, all of the shares of our common stock into which those securities are converted will be, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.
Subject to the preferential rights of any holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends or distributions, whether payable in cash or otherwise, as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for payments. Stock dividends, if any are declared, may be paid from our authorized but unissued shares of our common stock.
51
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will issue the securities in registered, and not bearer, form. This means that our obligation runs to the holder of the security named on the face of the security. Each debt security, warrant, purchase contract, unit, share of preferred stock, and depositary share issued in registered form will be represented either by a certificate issued in definitive form to a particular investor or by one or more global securities representing the entire issuance of securities.
We refer to those persons who have securities registered in their own names, on the books that we or the trustee, warrant agent, or other agent maintain for this purpose, as the holders of those securities. These persons are the legal holders of the securities. We refer to those who, indirectly through others, own beneficial interests in securities that are not registered in their own names as indirect owners of those securities. As we discuss below, indirect owners are not legal holders, and investors in securities issued in global, or book-entry, form or in street name will be indirect owners.
Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, we will issue each security other than our common stock in global, or book-entry, form. This means that we will not issue actual notes or certificates to investors. Instead, we will issue global securities in registered form representing the entire issuance of securities. Each global security will be registered in the name of a financial institution or clearing system that holds the global security as depository on behalf of other financial institutions that participate in that depositorys book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the global securities on behalf of themselves or their customers.
Because securities issued in global form are registered in the name of the depository, we will recognize only the depository as the holder of the securities. This means that we will make all payments on the securities, including deliveries of any property other than cash, to the depository. The depository passes along the payments it receives from us to its participants, which in turn pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depository and its participants are not obligated to pass these payments along under the terms of the securities. Instead, they do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers.
As a result, investors will not own securities issued in book-entry form directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker, or other financial institution that participates in the depositorys book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant in the depositorys book-entry system. As long as the securities are issued in global form, investors will be indirect owners, and not holders, of the securities. The depository will not have knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities.
Certificates in Registered Form
In the future, we may cancel a global security or we may issue securities initially in non-global, or certificated, form. We do not expect to exchange global securities for actual notes or certificates registered in the names of the beneficial owners of the global securities representing the securities unless:
| the depository notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the global securities, or we become aware that the depository has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and in any case we fail to appoint a successor to the depository within 60 calendar days; or |
52
| we, in our sole discretion, determine that the global securities will be exchangeable for certificated securities. |
When we issue actual notes or certificates registered in the names of the beneficial owners, investors may choose to hold their securities in their own names or in street name. Securities held by an investor in street name would be registered in the name of a bank, broker, or other financial institution that the investor chooses, and the investor would hold only a beneficial interest in those securities through an account that he or she maintains at that institution.
For securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers, and other financial institutions in whose names the securities are registered as the holders of those securities, and we will make all payments on those securities, including deliveries of any property other than cash, to them. These institutions pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold securities in street name will be indirect owners, not holders, of those securities.
Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the trustee under any indenture and the obligations, if any, of any warrant agents, unit agents, depository for depositary shares, and any other third parties employed by us, the trustee, or any of those agents, run only to the holders of the securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, who hold the securities in street name, or who hold the securities by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect owner of a security or has no choice because we are issuing the securities only in global form. For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for that payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depository participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect owners, but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose, such as to amend the indenture for a series of debt securities or the warrant agreement for a series of warrants or the unit agreement for a series of units or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture, we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect owners, of the relevant securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect owners is up to the holders.
When we refer to you in this prospectus, we mean those who invest in the securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect owners of those securities. When we refer to your securities in this prospectus, we mean the securities in which you will hold a direct or indirect interest.
Special Considerations for Indirect Owners
If you hold securities through a bank, broker, or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, you should check with your own institution to find out:
| how it handles payments on your securities and notices; |
| whether you can provide contact information to the registrar to receive copies of notices directly; |
| whether it imposes fees or charges; |
53
| whether and how you can instruct it to exercise any rights to purchase or sell warrant property under a warrant or purchase contract property under a purchase contract or to exchange or convert a security for or into other property; |
| how it would handle a request for the holders consent, if required; |
| whether and how you can instruct it to send you the securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted at any time; |
| how it would exercise rights under the securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests; and |
| if the securities are in book-entry form, how the depositorys rules and procedures will affect these matters. |
Depositories for Global Securities
Each security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of one or more financial institutions or clearing systems, or their nominees, which we will select. A financial institution or clearing system that we select for this purpose is called the depository for that security. A security usually will have only one depository, but it may have more.
Each series of securities will have one or more of the following as the depositories:
| The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, which is known as DTC; |
| a financial institution holding the securities on behalf of Euroclear Bank SA/NV, which is known as Euroclear; |
| a financial institution holding the securities on behalf of Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg, which is known as Clearstream, Luxembourg; and |
| any other clearing system or financial institution that we identify in the applicable supplement. |
The depositories named above also may be participants in one anothers clearing systems. For example, if DTC is the depository for a global security, investors may hold beneficial interests in that security through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as DTC participants.
We will name the depository or depositories for your securities in the applicable supplement. If no depository is named, the depository will be DTC.
The Depository Trust Company
The following is based on information furnished to us by DTC:
DTC will act as securities depository for the securities. The securities will be issued as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTCs partnership nominee), or any other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully registered global security will be issued for each issue of the securities, each in the aggregate principal amount of the issue, and will be deposited with DTC. If, however, the aggregate principal amount of any issue exceeds $500 million, one certificate will be issued with respect to each $500 million of principal amount, and an additional certificate will be issued with respect to any remaining principal amount of the issue.
DTC, the worlds largest securities depository, is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a banking organization within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a clearing corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a clearing
54
agency registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity issues, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that its direct participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among direct participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between direct participants accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of certificates representing securities. Direct participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (DTCC). DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly (indirect participants). DTC has Standard & Poors highest rating: AAA. The DTC rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org.
Purchases of the securities under the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the securities on DTCs records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security (the beneficial owner) is in turn to be recorded on the direct and indirect participants records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. A beneficial owner, however, is expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of its holdings, from the direct or indirect participant through which the beneficial owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of direct and indirect participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the securities, except if the use of the book-entry system for the securities is discontinued.
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all securities deposited by direct participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTCs partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities; DTCs records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The direct and indirect participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Beneficial owners of securities may wish to take certain steps to augment the transmission to them of notices of significant events with respect to the securities, such as redemptions, tenders, defaults, and proposed amendments to the security documents. For example, a beneficial owner of securities may wish to ascertain that the nominee holding the securities for its benefit has agreed to obtain and transmit notices to beneficial owners. In the alternative, a beneficial owner may wish to provide its name and address to the registrar and request that copies of notices be provided directly to it.
55
None of DTC, Cede & Co., or any other DTC nominee will consent or vote with respect to the securities unless authorized by a direct participant in accordance with DTCs Money Market Instrument (MMI) procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to us as soon as possible after the regular record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the securities are credited on the regular record date. These participants are identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy.
We will make dividend payments or any payments of principal, any premium, interest, or other amounts on the securities in immediately available funds directly to Cede & Co., or any other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTCs practice is to credit direct participants accounts upon DTCs receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us, on the applicable payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTCs records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in street name. These payments will be the responsibility of these participants and not of DTC or its nominee, us, the trustee, or any other agent or party, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements that may be in effect from time to time. Payment of dividends or principal and any premium or interest to Cede & Co., or any other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC, is our responsibility. Disbursement of the payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of the payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of the direct or indirect participants.
We will send any redemption notices to DTC. If less than all of the securities of a series are being redeemed, DTCs practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in the issue to be redeemed.
A beneficial owner must give any required notice of its election to have its securities repurchased through the participant through which it holds its beneficial interest in the security to the applicable trustee or tender agent. The beneficial owner shall effect delivery of its securities by causing the direct participant to transfer its interest in the securities on DTCs records. The requirement for physical delivery of securities in connection with an optional tender or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the ownership rights in the securities are transferred by the direct participant on DTCs records and followed by a book-entry credit of tendered securities to the applicable trustee or agents DTC account.
DTC may discontinue providing its services as depository for the securities at any time by giving us reasonable notice. If this occurs, and if a successor securities depository is not obtained, we will print and deliver certificated securities.
We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry only transfers through DTC or a successor securities depository. In that event, we will print and delivery certificated securities to DTC.
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTCs book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for its accuracy.
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg each hold securities for their customers and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions by electronic book-entry transfer between their respective account holders (each such account holder, a participant and collectively, the participants). Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg provide various services including safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally
56
traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg also deal with domestic securities markets in several countries through established depository and custodial relationships. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have established an electronic bridge between their two systems across which their respective participants may settle trades with each other. Euroclear is incorporated under the laws of Belgium and Clearstream, Luxembourg is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg.
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg customers are world-wide financial institutions, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations. Indirect access to Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg is available to other institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant of either system.
The address of Euroclear is Euroclear Bank SA/NV, 1 Boulevard du Roi Albert II, B-1210 Brussels and the address of Clearstream, Luxembourg is Clearstream Banking, 42 Avenue JF Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg.
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg may be depositories for a global security sold or traded outside the United States. In addition, if DTC is the depository for a global security, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg may hold interests in the global security as participants in DTC. As long as any global security is held by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as depository, you may hold an interest in the global security only through an organization that participates, directly or indirectly, in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg. If Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg is the depository for a global security and there is no depository in the United States, you will not be able to hold interests in that global security through any securities clearing system in the United States.
Payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other matters relating to the securities made through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg must comply with the rules and procedures of those clearing systems. Those clearing systems could change their rules and procedures at any time. We have no control over those clearing systems or their participants, and we take no responsibility for their activities. Transactions between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, on one hand, and participants in DTC, on the other hand, when DTC is the depository, also would be subject to DTCs rules and procedures.
Investors will be able to make and receive through Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other transactions involving any securities held through those clearing systems only on days when those clearing systems are open for business. Those clearing systems may not be open for business on days when banks, brokers, and other institutions are open for business in the United States. In addition, because of time-zone differences, U.S. investors who hold their interests in the securities through these clearing systems and wish to transfer their interests, or to receive or make a payment or delivery or exercise any other right with respect to their interests, on a particular day may find that the transaction will not be effected until the next business day in Brussels or Luxembourg, as applicable. Thus, investors who wish to exercise rights that expire on a particular day may need to act before the expiration date. In addition, investors who hold their interests through both DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg may need to make special arrangements to finance any purchases or sales of their interests between the United States and European clearing systems, and those transactions may settle later than would be the case for transactions within one clearing system.
57
Special Considerations for Global Securities
As an indirect owner, an investors rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the depository and those of the investors financial institution or other intermediary through which it holds its interest (e.g., Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, if DTC is the depository), as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. We do not recognize this type of investor or any intermediary as a holder of securities. Instead, we deal only with the depository that holds the global security.
If securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:
| an investor cannot cause the securities to be registered in his or her own name, and cannot obtain physical certificates for his or her interest in the securities, except in the special situations described above; |
| an investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the securities, as we describe above under Legal Holders; |
| under existing industry practices, if we or the applicable trustee request any action of owners of beneficial interests in any global security or if an owner of a beneficial interest in any global security desires to give instructions or take any action that a holder of an interest in a global security is entitled to give or take under the applicable indenture, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, would authorize the participants owning the relevant beneficial interests to give instructions or take such action, and such participants would authorize indirect holders to give or take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of such indirect holders; |
| an investor may not be able to sell interests in the securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in certificated form; |
| an investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective; furthermore, as Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg act on behalf of their respective participants only, who in turn may act on behalf of their respective clients, the ability of beneficial owners who are not participants with Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg to pledge interests in any global security to persons or entities that are not participants with Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or otherwise take action in respect of interests in any global security, may be limited; |
| the depositorys policies will govern payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other matters relating to an investors interest in a global security, and those policies may change from time to time; |
| we, the trustee, any warrant agents, and any unit or other agents will not be responsible for any aspect of the depositorys policies, actions, or records of ownership interests in a global security; |
| we, the trustee, any warrant agents, and any unit or other agents do not supervise the depository in any way; |
| the depository will require that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security within its book-entry system use immediately available funds, and your broker or bank may require you to do so as well; and |
58
| financial institutions that participate in the depositorys book-entry system and through which an investor holds his or her interest in the global securities, directly or indirectly, also may have their own policies affecting payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other matters relating to the securities. Those policies may change from time to time. For example, if you hold an interest in a global security through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg when DTC is the depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, will require those who purchase and sell interests in that security through them to use immediately available funds and comply with other policies and procedures, including deadlines for giving instructions as to transactions that are to be effected on a particular day. There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the policies or actions or records of ownership interests of any of those intermediaries. |
Registration, Transfer, and Payment of Certificated Securities
If we ever issue securities in certificated form, those securities may be presented for registration of transfer at the office of the registrar or at the office of any transfer agent we designate and maintain. The registrar or transfer agent will make the transfer or registration only if it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request. There will not be a service charge for any exchange or registration of transfer of the securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with the exchange. At any time we may change transfer agents or approve a change in the location through which any transfer agent acts. We also may designate additional transfer agents for any securities at any time.
We will not be required to issue, exchange, or register the transfer of any security to be redeemed for a period of 15 calendar days before the selection of the securities to be redeemed. In addition, we will not be required to exchange or register the transfer of any security that was selected, called, or is being called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any security being redeemed in part.
We will pay amounts payable on any certificated securities at the offices of the paying agents we may designate from time to time.
59
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of certain of the debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares representing fractional interests in preferred stock, and common stock that we are offering, is based upon the advice of Morrison & Foerster LLP, our tax counsel. The following discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department (including proposed and temporary regulations), rulings, current administrative interpretations and official pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.
This summary is for general information only, and does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular holder in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as: partnerships, subchapter S corporations, or other pass-through entities, any government (or instrumentality or agency thereof), banks, financial institutions, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, trusts and estates, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that have elected to use the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons holding the debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, or common stock as part of an integrated investment, including a straddle, hedge, constructive sale, or conversion transaction, persons (other than Non-U.S. Holders) whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar, and persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code. This summary does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments, or of any foreign government, that may be applicable to a particular holder. This summary also may not apply to all forms of debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, or common stock that we may issue. If the tax consequences associated with a particular form of debt security, preferred stock, common stock, or depositary share are different than those described below, they will be described in the applicable supplement.
This summary is directed solely to holders that, except as otherwise specifically noted, will purchase the debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, or common stock offered in this prospectus upon original issuance and will hold such securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, which generally means as property held for investment.
You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning, and disposing of these securities, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign, or other tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.
As used in this prospectus, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of the debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, or common stock offered in this prospectus that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| a citizen or resident of the United States; |
| a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; |
| an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
60
| any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. |
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, to the extent provided in Treasury regulations, some trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to that date, that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons also will be U.S. Holders. As used in this prospectus, the term Non-U.S. Holder is a holder that is not a U.S. Holder.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, or common stock offered in this prospectus, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership and accordingly, this summary does not apply to partnerships. A partner of a partnership holding the debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, or common stock should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition by the partnership of the debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, or common stock.
This subsection describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the debt securities offered in this prospectus, other than the debt securities described below under Convertible, Renewable, Extendible, Indexed, and Other Debt Securities, which will be described in the applicable supplement. This subsection is directed solely to holders that, except as otherwise specifically noted, will purchase the debt securities offered in this prospectus upon original issuance at the issue price, as defined below.
Consequences to U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to U.S. Holders of debt securities.
Payment of Interest. Except as described below in the case of interest on a debt security issued with original issue discount, as defined below under Consequences to U.S. HoldersOriginal Issue Discount, interest on a debt security generally will be included in the income of a U.S. Holder as interest income at the time it is accrued or is received in accordance with the U.S. Holders regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will be ordinary income.
Original Issue Discount. Some of our debt securities may be issued with original issue discount (OID). U.S. Holders of debt securities issued with OID, other than short-term debt securities with a maturity of one year or less from its date of issue, will be subject to special tax accounting rules, as described in greater detail below. For tax purposes, OID is the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of a debt instrument over its issue price. The stated redemption price at maturity of a debt security is the sum of all payments required to be made on the debt security other than qualified stated interest payments, as defined below. The issue price of a debt security is generally the first offering price to the public at which a substantial amount of the issue was sold (ignoring sales to bond houses, brokers, or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents, or wholesalers). The term qualified stated interest generally means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or property (other than debt instruments of the issuer), or that is treated as constructively received, at least annually at a single fixed rate or, under certain circumstances, at a variable rate. If a debt security bears interest during any accrual period at a rate below the rate applicable for the remaining term of the debt security (for example, debt securities with teaser
61
rates or interest holidays), then some or all of the stated interest may not be treated as qualified stated interest.
A U.S. Holder of a debt security with a maturity of more than one year from its date of issue that has been issued with OID (an OID debt security) is generally required to include any qualified stated interest payments in income as interest at the time it is accrued or is received in accordance with the U.S. Holders regular accounting method for tax purposes, as described above under Consequences to U.S. HoldersPayment of Interest. A U.S. Holder of an OID debt security is generally required to include in income the sum of the daily accruals of the OID for the debt security for each day during the taxable year (or portion of the taxable year) in which the U.S. Holder held the OID debt security, regardless of such holders regular method of accounting. Thus, a U.S. Holder may be required to include OID in income in advance of the receipt of some or all of the related cash payments. The daily portion is determined by allocating the OID for each day of the accrual period. An accrual period may be of any length and the accrual periods may even vary in length over the term of the OID debt security, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs either on the first day of an accrual period or on the final day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period is equal to the excess of: (1) the product of the adjusted issue price of the OID debt security at the beginning of the accrual period and its yield to maturity (computed generally on a constant yield method and compounded at the end of each accrual period, taking into account the length of the particular accrual period) over (2) the amount of any qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity, other than a payment of qualified stated interest, and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. Special rules will apply for calculating OID for an initial short accrual period. The adjusted issue price of an OID debt security at the beginning of any accrual period is the sum of the issue price of the OID debt security plus the amount of OID allocable to all prior accrual periods reduced by any payments received on the OID debt security that were not qualified stated interest. Under these rules, a U.S. Holder generally will have to include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods.
If the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of a debt security over its issue price is less than 1/4 of 1% of the debt instruments stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years from its issue date to its maturity, or weighted average maturity in the case of debt securities with more than one principal payment (de minimis OID), the debt security is not treated as issued with OID. A U.S. Holder generally must include the de minimis OID in income at the time payments, other than qualified stated interest, on the debt securities are made in proportion to the amount paid (unless the U.S. Holder makes the election described below under Consequences to U.S. HoldersElection to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount). Any amount of de minimis OID that is included in income in this manner will be treated as capital gain.
Additional rules applicable to debt securities with OID that are denominated in or determined by reference to a currency other than the U.S. dollar are described under Consequences to U.S. HoldersNon-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities below.
Variable Rate Debt Securities. In the case of a debt security that is a variable rate debt security, special rules apply. In general, if a debt security qualifies for treatment as a variable rate debt instrument under Treasury regulations and provides for stated interest that is unconditionally payable at least annually at a variable rate that, subject to certain exceptions, is a single qualified floating rate or objective rate, each as defined below, all stated interest on the debt security is treated as qualified stated interest. In that case, both the debt securitys yield to maturity and qualified stated interest will be determined, solely for purposes of calculating the accrual of OID, if any, as though the debt security will bear interest in all periods throughout its term at a fixed rate generally equal to the rate that would be applicable to
62
interest payments on the debt security on its date of issue or, in the case of an objective rate (other than a qualified inverse floating rate), the rate that reflects the yield to maturity that is reasonably expected for the debt security. A U.S. Holder of a variable rate debt instrument would then recognize OID, if any, that is calculated based on the debt securitys assumed yield to maturity. If the interest actually accrued or paid during an accrual period exceeds or is less than the assumed fixed interest, the qualified stated interest or OID allocable to that period is increased or decreased under rules set forth in Treasury regulations. Special rules apply for determining the amount of OID for other variable rate debt instruments, such as instruments with more than one qualified floating rate or instruments with a single fixed rate and one or more qualified floating rates.
A debt security will qualify as a variable rate debt instrument if the debt securitys issue price does not exceed the total noncontingent principal payments by more than the lesser of: (i) .015 multiplied by the product of the total noncontingent principal payments and the number of complete years to maturity from the issue date, or (ii) 15% of the total noncontingent principal payments; and the debt security provides for stated interest, compounded or paid at least annually, only at one or more qualified floating rates, a single fixed rate and one or more qualified floating rates, a single objective rate, or a single fixed rate and a single objective rate that is a qualified inverse floating rate. Generally, a rate is a qualified floating rate if variations in the rate can reasonably be expected to measure contemporaneous fluctuations in the cost of newly borrowed funds in the currency in which the debt instrument is denominated. If a debt security provides for two or more qualified floating rates that are within 0.25 percentage points of each other on the issue date or can reasonably be expected to have approximately the same values throughout the term of the debt security, the qualified floating rates together constitute a single qualified floating rate. Generally, an objective rate is a rate that is determined using a single fixed formula that is based on objective financial or economic information such as one or more qualified floating rates. An objective rate is a qualified inverse floating rate if that rate is equal to a fixed rate minus a qualified floating rate and variations in the rate can reasonably be expected to inversely reflect contemporaneous variations in the qualified floating rate.
A variable rate debt security generally will not qualify for treatment as a variable rate debt instrument if, among other circumstances:
| the variable rate of interest is subject to one or more minimum or maximum rate floors or ceilings or one or more governors limiting the amount of increase or decrease in each case which are not fixed throughout the term of the debt security and which are reasonably expected as of the issue date to cause the rate in some accrual periods to be significantly higher or lower than the overall expected return on the debt security determined without the floor, ceiling, or governor; |
| in the case of certain debt securities, it is reasonably expected that the average value of the variable rate during the first half of the term of the debt security will be either significantly less than or significantly greater than the average value of the rate during the final half of the term of the debt security; or |
| the value of the rate on any date during the term of the debt security is set earlier than three months prior to the first day on which that value is in effect or later than one year following that first day. |
In these situations, as well as others, the debt security generally will be subject to taxation under rules applicable to contingent payment debt instruments. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to these debt securities.
Acquisition Premium. If a U.S. Holder purchases an OID debt security for an amount greater than its adjusted issue price (as determined above) at the purchase date and less than or
63
equal to the sum of all amounts, other than qualified stated interest, payable on the OID debt security after the purchase date, the excess is acquisition premium. Under these rules, in general, the amount of OID which must be included in income for the debt security for any taxable year (or any portion of a taxable year in which the debt security is held) will be reduced (but not below zero) by the portion of the acquisition premium allocated to the period. The amount of acquisition premium allocated to each period is determined by multiplying the OID that otherwise would have been included in income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the cost over the adjusted issue price of the OID debt security and the denominator of which is the excess of the OID debt securitys stated redemption price at maturity over its adjusted issue price.
If a U.S. Holder purchases an OID debt security for an amount less than its adjusted issue price (as determined above) at the purchase date, any OID accruing with respect to that OID debt security will be required to be included in income and, to the extent of the difference between the purchase amount and the OID debt securitys adjusted issue price, the OID debt security will be treated as having market discount. See Consequences to U.S. HoldersMarket Discount below.
Amortizable Bond Premium. If a U.S. Holder purchases a debt security (including an OID debt security) for an amount in excess of the sum of all amounts payable on the debt security after the purchase date, other than qualified stated interest, such holder will be considered to have purchased such debt security with amortizable bond premium equal in amount to such excess. A U.S. Holder may elect to amortize such premium as an offset to interest income using a constant yield method over the remaining term of the debt security based on the U.S. Holders yield to maturity with respect to the debt security.
A U.S. Holder generally may use the amortizable bond premium allocable to an accrual period to offset interest required to be included in the U.S. Holders income under its regular method of accounting with respect to the debt security in that accrual period. If the amortizable bond premium allocable to an accrual period exceeds the amount of interest allocable to such accrual period, such excess would be allowed as a deduction for such accrual period, but only to the extent of the U.S. Holders prior interest inclusions on the debt security that have not been offset previously by bond premium. Any excess is generally carried forward and allocable to the next accrual period.
If a debt security may be redeemed by us prior to its maturity date, the amount of amortizable bond premium will be based on the amount payable at the applicable redemption date, but only if use of the redemption date (in lieu of the stated maturity date) results in a smaller amortizable bond premium for the period ending on the redemption date. In addition, special rules limit the amortization of bond premium in the case of convertible debt securities.
An election to amortize bond premium applies to all taxable debt obligations held by the U.S. Holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies and thereafter acquired by the U.S. Holder and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. Generally, a holder may make an election to include in income its entire return on a debt security (i.e., the excess of all remaining payments to be received on the debt security over the amount paid for the debt security by such holder) in accordance with a constant yield method based on the compounding of interest, as discussed below under Consequences to U.S. HoldersElection to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. If a holder makes such an election for a debt security with amortizable bond premium, such election will result in a deemed election to amortize bond premium for all of the holders debt instruments with amortizable bond premium and may be revoked only with the permission of the IRS.
A U.S. Holder that elects to amortize bond premium will be required to reduce its tax basis in the debt security by the amount of the premium amortized during its holding period. OID debt securities purchased at a premium will not be subject to the OID rules described above.
64
If a U.S. Holder does not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of bond premium will be included in its tax basis in the debt security. Therefore, if a U.S. Holder does not elect to amortize bond premium and it holds the debt security to maturity, the premium generally will be treated as capital loss when the debt security matures.
Market Discount. If a U.S. Holder purchases a debt security for an amount that is less than its stated redemption price at maturity, or, in the case of an OID debt security, its adjusted issue price, such holder will be considered to have purchased the debt security with market discount. Any payment, other than qualified stated interest, or any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a debt security with market discount generally will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent of the market discount not previously included in income that accrued on the debt security during such holders holding period. In general, market discount is treated as accruing on a straight-line basis over the term of the debt security unless an election is made to accrue the market discount under a constant yield method. In addition, a U.S. Holder may be required to defer, until the maturity of the debt security or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the interest paid on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the debt security in an amount not exceeding the accrued market discount on the debt security.
A U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues (on either a straight-line or constant yield basis), in lieu of treating a portion of any gain realized on a sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of the debt security as ordinary income. If an election is made to include market discount on a current basis, the interest deduction deferral rule described above will not apply. If a U.S. Holder makes such an election, it will apply to all market discount debt instruments acquired by such holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies. The election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors before making this election.
If the difference between the stated redemption price at maturity of a debt security or, in the case of an OID debt security, its adjusted issue price, and the amount paid for the debt security is less than 1/4 of 1% of the debt instruments stated redemption price at maturity or, in the case of an OID debt security, its adjusted issue price, multiplied by the number of remaining complete years to the debt securitys maturity (de minimis market discount), the debt security is not treated as issued with market discount.
Generally, a holder may make an election to include in income its entire return on a debt security (i.e., the excess of all remaining payments to be received on the debt security over the amount paid for the debt security by such holder) in accordance with a constant yield method based on the compounding of interest, as discussed below under Consequences to U.S. HoldersElection to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. If a holder makes such an election for a debt security with market discount, the holder will be required to include market discount in income currently as it accrues on a constant yield basis for all market discount debt instruments acquired by such holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies, and such election may be revoked only with the permission of the IRS.
Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. A U.S. Holder may elect to include in income all interest that accrues on a debt security using the constant-yield method applicable to OID described above, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. For purposes of this election, interest includes stated interest, acquisition discount, OID, de minimis OID, market discount, de minimis market discount, and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium, each as described herein. If this election is made for a debt security, then, to apply the constant-yield method: (i) the issue price of the debt security will equal its cost, (ii) the issue date of the debt security will be the date it was acquired, and (iii) no payments on the debt security will be treated as payments of qualified stated interest. A
65
U.S. Holder must make this election for the taxable year in which the debt security was acquired, and may not revoke the election without the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors before making this election.
Debt Securities That Trade Flat. We expect that certain debt securities will trade in the secondary market with accrued interest. However, we may issue debt securities with terms and conditions that would make it likely that such debt securities would trade flat in the secondary market, which means that upon a sale of a debt security a U.S. Holder would not be paid an amount that reflects the accrued but unpaid interest with respect to such debt security. Nevertheless, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the sales proceeds equal to the interest accrued with respect to such debt security from the last interest payment date to the sale date must be treated as interest income rather than as an amount realized upon the sale. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder that sells such a debt security between interest payment dates would be required to recognize interest income and, in certain circumstances, would recognize a capital loss (the deductibility of which is subject to limitations) on the sale of the debt security. Concurrently, a U.S. Holder that purchases such a debt security between interest payment dates would not be required to include in income that portion of any interest payment received that is attributable to interest that accrued prior to the purchase. Such payment is treated as a return of capital which reduces the U.S. Holders remaining cost basis in the debt security. However, interest that accrues after the purchase date is included in income in the year received or accrued (depending on the U.S. Holders accounting method). U.S. Holders that purchase such debt securities between interest payment dates should consult their own tax advisors concerning such holders adjusted tax basis in the debt security and whether such debt securities should be treated as having been purchased with market discount, as described above.
Short-Term Debt Securities. Some of our debt securities may be issued with maturities of one year or less from the date of issue, which we refer to as short-term debt securities. Treasury regulations provide that no payments of interest on a short-term debt security are treated as qualified stated interest. Accordingly, in determining the amount of discount on a short-term debt security, all interest payments, including stated interest, are included in the short-term debt securitys stated redemption price at maturity.
In general, individual and certain other U.S. Holders using the cash basis method of tax accounting are not required to include accrued discount on short-term debt securities in income currently unless they elect to do so, but they may be required to include any stated interest in income as the interest is received. However, a cash basis U.S. Holder will be required to treat any gain realized on a sale, exchange, or retirement of the short-term debt security as ordinary income to the extent such gain does not exceed the discount accrued with respect to the short-term debt security, which will be determined on a straight-line basis unless the holder makes an election to accrue the discount under the constant-yield method, through the date of sale or retirement. In addition, a cash basis U.S. Holder that does not elect to currently include accrued discount in income will be not allowed to deduct any of the interest paid or accrued on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry a short-term debt security (in an amount not exceeding the deferred income), but instead will be required to defer deductions for such interest until the deferred income is realized upon the maturity of the short-term debt security or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a cash-basis U.S. Holder of a short-term debt security may elect to include accrued discount in income on a current basis. If this election is made, the limitation on the deductibility of interest described above will not apply.
A U.S. Holder using the accrual method of tax accounting and some cash basis holders (including banks, securities dealers, regulated investment companies, and certain trust funds) generally will be required to include accrued discount on a short-term debt security in income on a current basis, on either a straight-line basis or, at the election of the holder, under the constant-yield method based on daily compounding.
66
Regardless of whether a U.S. Holder is a cash-basis or accrual-basis holder, the holder of a short-term debt security may elect to include accrued acquisition discount with respect to the short-term debt security in income on a current basis. Acquisition discount is the excess of the remaining redemption amount of the short-term debt security at the time of acquisition over the purchase price. Acquisition discount will be treated as accruing on a straight-line basis or, at the election of the holder, under a constant yield method based on daily compounding. If a U.S. Holder elects to include accrued acquisition discount in income, the rules for including OID will not apply. In addition, the market discount rules described above will not apply to short-term debt securities.
Sale, Exchange, or Retirement of Debt Securities. Upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a debt security, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition (less an amount equal to any accrued interest not previously included in income if the debt security is disposed of between interest payment dates, which will be included in income as interest income for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the debt security. The amount realized by the U.S. Holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the debt security. A U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in a debt security generally will be the cost of the debt security to such U.S. Holder, increased by any OID, market discount, de minimis OID, de minimis market discount, or any discount with respect to a short-term debt security previously included in income with respect to the debt security, and decreased by the amount of any premium previously amortized to reduce interest on the debt security and the amount of any payment (other than a payment of qualified stated interest) received in respect of the debt security.
Except as discussed above with respect to market discount, or as described below with respect to Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities, gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a debt security generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the debt security has been held for more than one year. Net long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. Holder before January 1, 2011 generally is subject to tax at a maximum rate of 15%. The ability of U.S. Holders to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
Reopenings. Treasury regulations provide specific rules regarding whether additional debt instruments issued in a reopening will be considered part of the same issue, with the same issue price and yield to maturity, as the original debt instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Except as provided otherwise in an applicable supplement, we expect that additional debt securities issued by us in any reopening will be issued such that they will be considered part of the original issuance to which they relate.
Debt Securities Subject to Contingencies Including Optional Redemption. Certain of the debt securities may provide for an alternative payment schedule or schedules applicable upon the occurrence of a contingency or contingencies, other than a remote or incidental contingency, whether such contingency relates to payments of interest or of principal. In addition, certain of the debt securities may contain provisions permitting them to be redeemed prior to their stated maturity at our option and/or at the option of the holder. Debt securities containing these features may be subject to rules that differ from the general rules discussed herein. U.S. Holders considering the purchase of debt securities with these features should carefully examine the applicable supplement and should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of the ownership and disposition of such debt securities since the U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to OID will depend, in part, on the particular terms and features of the debt securities.
Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities. Additional considerations apply to a U.S. Holder of a debt security payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars (foreign currency).
67
We refer to these securities as Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities. In the case of payments of interest, U.S. Holders using the cash method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be required to include in income the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment on a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security (other than OID or market discount) when the payment of interest is received. The U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment is determined by translating the foreign currency received at the spot rate for such foreign currency on the date the payment is received, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at that time. The U.S. dollar value will be the U.S. Holders tax basis in the foreign currency received. A U.S. Holder will not recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss with respect to the receipt of such payment.
U.S. Holders using the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be required to include in income the U.S. dollar value of the amount of interest income that has accrued and is otherwise required to be taken into account with respect to a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security during an accrual period. The U.S. dollar value of the accrued income will be determined by translating the income at the average rate of exchange for the accrual period or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average rate for the partial period within the taxable year. A U.S. Holder may elect, however, to translate the accrued interest income using the exchange rate on the last day of the accrual period or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, using the exchange rate on the last day of the taxable year. If the last day of an accrual period is within five business days of the date of receipt of the accrued interest, a U.S. Holder may translate the interest using the exchange rate on the date of receipt. The above election will apply to all other debt obligations held by the U.S. Holder and may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors before making the above election. Upon receipt of an interest payment (including, upon the sale of the debt security, the receipt of proceeds which include amounts attributable to accrued interest previously included in income), the holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of such payment (determined by translating the foreign currency received at the spot rate for such foreign currency on the date such payment is received) and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income previously included in income with respect to such payment. This gain or loss will be treated as ordinary income or loss.
OID on a debt security that is also a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be determined for any accrual period in the applicable foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars, in the same manner as interest income accrued by a holder on the accrual basis, as described above (regardless of such holders regular method of accounting). A U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss when OID is paid (including, upon the sale of such debt security, the receipt of proceeds which include amounts attributable to OID previously included in income) to the extent of the difference between the U.S. dollar value of such payment (determined by translating the foreign currency received at the spot rate for such foreign currency on the date such payment is received) and the U.S. dollar value of the accrued OID (determined in the same manner as for accrued interest). For these purposes, all receipts on a debt security will be viewed: (i) first, as the receipt of any stated interest payment called for under the terms of the debt security, (ii) second, as receipts of previously accrued OID (to the extent thereof), with payments considered made for the earliest accrual periods first, and (iii) third, as the receipt of principal.
The amount of market discount on Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities includible in income generally will be determined by translating the market discount determined in the foreign currency into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the date the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is retired or otherwise disposed of. If a U.S. Holder elected to accrue market discount currently, then the amount which accrues is determined in the foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars on the basis of the average exchange rate in effect during such
68
accrual period. A U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss with respect to market discount which is accrued currently using the approach applicable to the accrual of interest income as described above.
Amortizable bond premium on a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be computed in the applicable foreign currency. If a U.S. Holder elected to amortize the premium, the amortizable bond premium will reduce interest income in the applicable foreign currency. At the time bond premium is amortized, foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be realized based on the difference between spot rates at such time and the time of acquisition of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security. If a U.S. Holder does not elect to amortize bond premium, the bond premium computed in the foreign currency must be translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the maturity date and such bond premium will constitute a capital loss which may be offset or eliminated by foreign currency exchange gain.
If a U.S. Holder purchases a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security with previously owned foreign currency, foreign currency exchange gain or loss (which will be treated as ordinary income or loss) will be recognized in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the tax basis in the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar fair market value of the foreign currency used to purchase the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security, determined on the date of purchase.
Upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition (less an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid interest not previously included in income, which will be treated as a payment of interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and the adjusted tax basis in the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security. The adjusted tax basis in a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will equal the amount paid for the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security, increased by the amounts of any market discount or OID previously included in income with respect to the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security and reduced by any amortized acquisition or other premium and any principal payments received in respect of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security. The amount of any payment in or adjustments measured by foreign currency will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of the purchase or adjustment. The amount realized will be based on the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date the payment is received or the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is disposed of (or deemed disposed of as a result of a material change in the terms of the debt security). If, however, a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is traded on an established securities market and the U.S. Holder uses the cash basis method of tax accounting, the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized will be determined by translating the foreign currency payment at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual basis method of tax accounting may elect the same treatment with respect to the purchase and sale of Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities traded on an established securities market, provided that the election is applied consistently.
Except with respect to market discount as discussed above, and the foreign currency rules discussed below, gain or loss recognized upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition, the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security has been held for more than one year. Net long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. Holder before January 1, 2011 generally is subject to tax at a maximum rate of 15%. The ability of U.S. Holders to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
A portion of the gain or loss with respect to the principal amount of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security may be treated as foreign currency exchange gain or loss. Foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be treated as ordinary income or loss. For these purposes, the
69
principal amount of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is the purchase price for the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security calculated in the foreign currency on the date of purchase, and the amount of exchange gain or loss recognized is equal to the difference between (i) the U.S. dollar value of the principal amount determined on the date of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security and (ii) the U.S. dollar value of the principal amount determined on the date the foreign currency debt security was purchased. The amount of foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be limited to the amount of overall gain or loss realized on the disposition of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security.
The tax basis in foreign currency received as interest on a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency determined at the spot rate in effect on the date the foreign currency is received. The tax basis in foreign currency received on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency, determined at the time of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition. As discussed above, if the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities are traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder (or, upon election, an accrual basis U.S. Holder) will determine the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency by translating the foreign currency received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition. Accordingly, in such case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and settlement date of a sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of foreign currency (including its exchange for U.S. dollars or its use to purchase debt securities) will be ordinary income or loss.
For special treatment of Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities that are also contingent payment debt securities, see the applicable supplement.
Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to Non-U.S. Holders of debt securities.
Payments of Interest. Under current U.S. federal income tax law and subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, principal (and premium, if any) and interest payments, including any OID, that are received from us or our agent and that are not effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax except as provided below. Interest, including any OID, may be subject to a 30% withholding tax (or less under an applicable treaty, if any) if:
| a Non-U.S. Holder actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote; |
| a Non-U.S. Holder is a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is related to us (directly or indirectly) through stock ownership; |
| a Non-U.S. Holder is a bank extending credit under a loan agreement in the ordinary course of its trade or business; |
| the interest payments on the debt security are determined by reference to the income, profits, changes in the value of property or other attributes of the debtor or a related party (other than payments that are based on the value of a security or index of securities that are, and will continue to be, actively traded within the meaning of |
70
Section 1092(d) of the Code, and that are not nor will be a United States real property interest as described in Section 897(c)(1) or 897(g) of the Code); or |
| the Non-U.S. Holder does not satisfy the certification requirements described below. |
In the case of debt securities in registered form, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will satisfy the certification requirements if either: (A) the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to us or our agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is a non-United States person and provides its name and address (which certification may generally be made on an IRS Form W-8BEN, or a successor form), or (B) a securities clearing organization, bank, or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business (a financial institution) and holds the debt security certifies to us or our agent under penalties of perjury that either it or another financial institution has received the required statement from the Non-U.S. Holder certifying that it is a non-United States person and furnishes us with a copy of the statement.
Special rules apply with respect to compliance with certain restrictions and procedures relating to the offer, sale, and delivery of and payments on bearer debt securities. We generally will issue debt securities only in registered form, without coupons, although we may issue debt securities in bearer form, in which case we will so specify the applicable restrictions and procedures in the applicable supplement.
Payments not meeting the requirements set forth above and thus subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax may nevertheless be exempt from withholding (or subject to withholding at a reduced rate) if the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding under the benefit of a tax treaty, or IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that interest paid on the debt securities is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States as discussed below. To claim benefits under an income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder must obtain a taxpayer identification number and certify as to its eligibility under the appropriate treatys limitations on benefits article. In addition, special rules may apply to claims for treaty benefits made by Non-U.S. Holders that are entities rather than individuals. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Additional Payments. If the amount or timing of any payments on a debt security is contingent, the interest payments on the debt security may be treated as contingent interest under Section 871(h)(4) of the Code, in which case such interest may not be eligible for the exemption from U.S. federal income and withholding tax, as described above (other than for a holder that otherwise claims an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding under the benefit of an income tax treaty). In certain circumstances, if specified in the applicable supplement, we will pay to a Non-U.S. Holder of any debt security additional amounts to ensure that every net payment on that debt security will not be less, due to the payment of U.S. federal withholding tax, than the amount then otherwise due and payable. See Description of Debt SecuritiesPayment of Additional Amounts above. However, because the likelihood that such payments will be made is remote, we do not believe that, because of these potential additional payments, the interest on the debt securities should be treated as contingent interest.
Sale, Exchange, or Retirement of Debt Securities. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any capital gain or market discount realized on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of debt securities, provided that: (a) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an individual, the Non-U.S. Holder is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the debt security, and (c) the Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to tax pursuant to certain provisions of
71
U.S. federal income tax law applicable to certain expatriates. An individual Non-U.S. Holder who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale, exchange, or other disposition of a debt security, and if certain other conditions are met, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of such debt security.
Income Effectively Connected with a Trade or Business within the United States. If a Non-U.S. Holder of a debt security is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and if interest (including any OID) on the debt security, or gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the debt security, is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that the certification requirements discussed above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such interest (including any OID) or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder. Non-U.S. holders should read the material under the heading Consequences to U.S. Holders, for a description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of debt securities. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty) of a portion of its earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, subject to certain adjustments.
Convertible, Renewable, Extendible, Indexed, and Other Debt Securities
Special U.S. federal income tax rules are applicable to certain other debt securities, including contingent Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities, debt securities that may be convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common or preferred stock or other securities or debt or equity securities of one or more third parties, debt securities the payments on which are determined or partially determined by reference to any index and other debt securities that are subject to the rules governing contingent payment obligations which are not subject to the rules governing variable rate debt securities, any renewable and extendible debt securities and any debt securities providing for the periodic payment of principal over the life of the debt security. The material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to these debt securities will be discussed in the applicable pricing supplement.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
In general, in the case of a U.S. Holder, other than certain exempt holders, we and other payors are required to report to the IRS all payments of principal, any premium, and interest on the debt security, and the accrual of OID on an OID debt security. In addition, we and other payors generally are required to report to the IRS any payment of proceeds of the sale of a debt security before maturity. Additionally, backup withholding generally will apply to any payments, including payments of OID, if a U.S. Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and certify that the taxpayer identification number is correct, the U.S. Holder is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns or a U.S. Holder does not certify that it has not underreported its interest and dividend income.
In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to payments made if the Non-U.S. Holder provides the required certification that it is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the payor or withholding agent does not have actual knowledge that the holder is a United States person, or that the conditions of any exemption are not satisfied.
72
In addition, payments of the proceeds from the sale of a debt security to or through a foreign office of a broker or the foreign office of a custodian, nominee, or other dealer acting on behalf of a holder generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, if the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer is a United States person, the government of the United States or the government of any state or political subdivision of any state, or any agency or instrumentality of any of these governmental units, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign partnership that is either engaged in a trade or business within the United States or whose United States partners in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income for a certain period is effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States, or a United States branch of a foreign bank or insurance company, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will be required with respect to payments made to a holder unless the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has documentation of the holders foreign status and the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has no actual knowledge to the contrary.
Payment of the proceeds from a sale of a debt security to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the holder certifies as to its non-United States person status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a holders U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Taxation of Common Stock, Preferred Stock, and Depositary Shares
This subsection describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the common stock, preferred stock and depositary shares offered in this prospectus.
Taxation of Holders of Depositary Shares
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of depositary shares generally will be treated as if they were the holders of the preferred stock represented by such depositary shares. Accordingly, such holders will be entitled to take into account, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, income, and deductions to which they would be entitled if they were holders of such preferred stock, as described more fully below. Exchanges of preferred stock for depositary shares and depositary shares for preferred stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation.
Consequences to U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to U.S. Holders of our common stock, preferred stock, and depositary shares.
Distributions on Common Stock, Preferred Stock, and Depositary Shares. Distributions made to U.S. Holders out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will be included in the income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income and will be subject to tax as ordinary income. Dividends received by an individual U.S. Holder in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income are generally subject to tax at a maximum rate of 15% applicable to net long-term capital gains, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. Dividends received by a corporate U.S. Holder, except as described in the next subsection, generally will be eligible for the 70% dividends-received deduction.
73
Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a U.S. Holder to the extent that the distributions do not exceed the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the shares, but rather will reduce the adjusted tax basis of such shares. To the extent that distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits exceed the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the shares, such distributions will be included in income as capital gain. In addition, a corporate U.S. Holder will not be entitled to the dividends-received deduction on this portion of a distribution.
We will notify holders of our shares after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, qualified dividend income and nondividend distributions, if any.
Limitations on Dividends-Received Deduction. A corporate U.S. Holder may not be entitled to take the 70% dividends-received deduction in all circumstances. Prospective corporate investors in our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares should consider the effect of:
| Section 246A of the Code, which reduces the dividends-received deduction allowed to a corporate U.S. Holder that has incurred indebtedness that is directly attributable to an investment in portfolio stock, which may include our common stock, preferred stock, and depositary shares; |
| Section 246(c) of the Code, which, among other things, disallows the dividends-received deduction in respect of any dividend on a share of stock that is held for less than the minimum holding period (generally, for common stock, at least 46 days during the 90 day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend); and |
| Section 1059 of the Code, which, under certain circumstances, reduces the basis of stock for purposes of calculating gain or loss in a subsequent disposition by the portion of any extraordinary dividend (as defined below) that is eligible for the dividends-received deduction. |
Extraordinary Dividends. A corporate U.S. Holder will be required to reduce its tax basis (but not below zero) in our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares by the nontaxed portion of any extraordinary dividend if the stock was not held for more than two years before the earliest of the date such dividend is declared, announced, or agreed. Generally, the nontaxed portion of an extraordinary dividend is the amount excluded from income by operation of the dividends-received deduction. An extraordinary dividend generally would be a dividend that:
| in the case of common stock, equals or exceeds 10% of the corporate U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the common stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within an 85 day period as one dividend; or |
| in the case of preferred stock, equals or exceeds 5% of the corporate U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the preferred stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within an 85 day period as one dividend; or |
| exceeds 20% of the corporate U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within a 365 day period as one dividend. |
In determining whether a dividend paid on stock is an extraordinary dividend, a corporate U.S. Holder may elect to substitute the fair market value of the stock for its tax basis for purposes of applying these tests if the fair market value as of the day before the ex-dividend date is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury. An extraordinary dividend also includes any amount treated as a dividend in the case of a redemption that is either non-pro rata as to all stockholders or in partial liquidation of the corporation, regardless of the stockholders holding period and regardless of the size of the dividend. Any part of the nontaxed portion of an extraordinary dividend that is not applied to reduce the corporate U.S. Holders tax basis as a
74
result of the limitation on reducing its basis below zero would be treated as capital gain and would be recognized in the taxable year in which the extraordinary dividend is received.
Corporate U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors with respect to the possible application of the extraordinary dividend provisions of the Code to the ownership or disposition of common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares in their particular circumstances.
Sale, Exchange, or other Taxable Disposition. Upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares (other than by redemption or repurchase by us), a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the shares. The amount realized by the U.S. Holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of the shares. A U.S. Holders tax basis in a share generally will be equal to the cost of the share to such U.S. Holder, which may be adjusted for certain subsequent events (for example, if the U.S. Holder receives a nondividend distribution, as described above). Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Net long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. Holder before January 1, 2011 generally is subject to tax at a maximum rate of 15%. The ability of U.S. Holders to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
Redemption or Repurchase of Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or Depositary Shares. If we are permitted to and redeem or repurchase a U.S. Holders common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares, the redemption or repurchase generally would be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder would be treated as if it had sold its shares if the redemption or repurchase:
| results in a complete termination of the U.S. holders stock interest in us; |
| is substantially disproportionate with respect to the U.S. Holder; or |
| is not essentially equivalent to a dividend with respect to the U.S. Holder, in each case as determined under the Code. |
In determining whether any of these tests has been met, shares of stock considered to be owned by a U.S. Holder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 318 of the Code, as well as shares actually owned, must be taken into account.
If we redeem or repurchase a U.S. Holders shares in a redemption or repurchase that meets one of the tests described above, the U.S. Holder generally would recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the sum of the amount of cash and fair market value of property (other than our stock or the stock of a successor to us) received less the U.S. Holders tax basis in the shares redeemed or repurchased. This gain or loss generally would be long-term capital gain or capital loss if the shares have been held for more than one year.
If a redemption or repurchase does not meet any of the tests described above, a U.S. Holder generally will be taxed on the cash and fair market value of the property received as a dividend to the extent paid out of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Any amount in excess of our current or accumulated earnings and profits would first reduce the U.S. holders tax basis in the shares and thereafter would be treated as capital gain. If a redemption or repurchase is treated as a distribution that is taxable as a dividend, the U.S. Holders tax basis in the redeemed or repurchased shares would be transferred to the remaining shares of our stock that the U.S. Holder owns, if any.
75
Special rules apply if we redeem our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares for our debt securities. We will discuss any special U.S. federal income tax considerations in the applicable supplement if we have the option to redeem our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares for our debt securities.
Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock, preferred stock, and depositary shares.
Distributions on Common Stock, Preferred Stock, and Depositary Shares. Distributions made to Non-U.S. Holders out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and that is not effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, generally will be subject to U.S. federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower rate under an applicable treaty, if any). Payments subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax may nevertheless be exempt from withholding (or subject to withholding at a reduced rate) if the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding under the benefit of a tax treaty, or IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that a dividend paid on our shares is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, as discussed below.
To claim benefits under an income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder must certify to us or our agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is a non-United States person and provide its name and address (which certification may generally be made on an IRS Form W-8BEN, or a successor form), obtain and provide a taxpayer identification number, and certify as to its eligibility under the appropriate treatys limitations on benefits article. In addition, special rules may apply to claims for treaty benefits made by Non-U.S. Holders that are entities rather than individuals. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Sale, Exchange, or other Taxable Disposition. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any capital gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares, provided that: (a) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an individual, the Non-U.S. Holder is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the shares, (c) the Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to tax pursuant to certain provisions of U.S. federal income tax law applicable to certain expatriates, and (d) we are not nor have we been a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An individual Non-U.S. Holder who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale, exchange, or other disposition of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares and if certain other conditions are met, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gains realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of such shares.
We would not be treated as a United States real property holding corporation if less than 50% of our assets throughout a prescribed testing period consist of interests in real property located within the United States, excluding, for this purpose, interests in real property solely in a capacity as a creditor. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, a Non-U.S. Holders sale of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares
76
nonetheless generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided that (a) our stock owned is of a class that is regularly traded, as defined by applicable Treasury regulations, on an established securities market, and (b) the selling Non-U.S. Holder held, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our outstanding stock of that class at all times during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition.
To the extent we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and a Non-U.S. Holder held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the class of stock and the non-U.S. Holder was not eligible for any treaty exemption, any gain on the sale of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares would be treated as effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States, the treatment of which is described below, and the purchaser of the stock could be required to withhold 10% of the purchase price and remit such amount to the IRS.
We believe that we are not currently, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Income Effectively Connected with a Trade or Business within the United States. If a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and if dividends on the shares, or gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the shares, are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that the certification requirements discussed above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder. Non-U.S. Holders should read the material under the heading Consequences to U.S. Holders above for a description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty) of a portion of its earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, subject to certain adjustments.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
In general, in the case of a U.S. Holder, other than certain exempt holders, we and other payors are required to report to the IRS all payments of dividends on our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares. In addition, we and other payors generally are required to report to the IRS any payment of proceeds of the sale of common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares. Additionally, backup withholding generally will apply to any dividend payment and to proceeds received on a sale or exchange if a U.S. Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and certify that the taxpayer identification number is correct, the U.S. Holder is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns, or the U.S. Holder does not certify that it has not underreported its interest and dividend income.
In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to payments made if the Non-U.S. Holder provides the required certification that it is not a United States person, as described above, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the payor or withholding agent does not have actual knowledge that the holder is a United States person, or that the conditions of any exemption are not satisfied.
In addition, payments of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares to or through a foreign office of a broker or the foreign office of a custodian,
77
nominee, or other dealer acting on behalf of a holder generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, if the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer is a United States person, the government of the United States or the government of any state or political subdivision of any state, or any agency or instrumentality of any of these governmental units, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign partnership that is either engaged in a trade or business within the United States or whose United States partners in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income for a certain period is effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States, or a United States branch of a foreign bank or insurance company, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will be required with respect to payments made to a holder unless the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has documentation of the holders foreign status and the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has no actual knowledge to the contrary.
Payment of the proceeds from a sale of our common stock, preferred stock, or depositary shares to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the holder certifies as to its non-United States person status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a holders U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Convertible Preferred Stock and Other Equity Securities
Special U.S. federal income tax rules are applicable to certain other of our equity securities, including preferred stock convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other securities. The material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to these securities will be discussed in the applicable pricing supplement. Investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to these securities.
The applicable supplement will contain a discussion of any special U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of warrants offered in this prospectus, including any tax considerations relating to the specific terms of the warrants. Investors considering the purchase of warrants we are offering should carefully examine the applicable supplement regarding the special U.S. federal income tax considerations, if any, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the warrants.
Investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences and the tax consequences of any other taxing jurisdiction relating to the ownership and disposition of warrants we are offering in light of their investment or tax circumstances.
Taxation of Purchase Contracts
The applicable supplement will contain a discussion of any special U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of purchase contracts offered in this prospectus, including any tax considerations relating to the specific terms of the purchase contracts. Investors considering the purchase of purchase contracts we are offering should carefully examine the applicable supplement regarding the special U.S. federal income tax considerations, if any, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the purchase contracts.
78
Investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences and the tax consequences of any other taxing jurisdiction relating to the ownership and disposition of the purchase contracts in light of their investment or tax circumstances.
The applicable supplement will contain a discussion of any special U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of units that we are offering, including any tax considerations relating to the specific terms of the units. Investors considering the purchase of units that we are offering should carefully examine the applicable supplement regarding the special U.S. federal income tax consequences, if any, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the units.
Investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences and the tax consequences of any other taxing jurisdiction relating to the ownership and disposition of units comprised of two or more of the securities we are offering in light of their investment or tax circumstances.
Applicable Treasury regulations require taxpayers that participate in reportable transactions to disclose their participation to the IRS by attaching Form 8886 to their U.S. federal tax returns and to retain a copy of all documents and records related to the transaction. In addition, material advisors with respect to such a transaction may be required to file returns and maintain records, including lists identifying investors in the transactions, and to furnish those records to the IRS upon demand. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based on any of several criteria, one or more of which may be present with respect to an investment in the securities that we are offering. Whether an investment in these securities constitutes a reportable transaction for any investor depends on the investors particular circumstances. The Treasury regulations provide that, in addition to certain other transactions, a loss transaction constitutes a reportable transaction. A loss transaction is any transaction resulting in the taxpayer claiming a loss under Section 165 of the Code, in an amount equal to or in excess of certain threshold amounts, subject to certain exceptions. The Treasury regulations specifically provide that a loss resulting from a Section 988 transaction will constitute a Section 165 loss, and certain exceptions will not be available if the loss from sale or exchange is treated as ordinary under Section 988. In general, certain securities issued in a foreign currency will be subject to the rules governing foreign currency exchange gain or loss. Therefore, losses realized with respect to such a security may constitute a Section 988 transaction, and a holder of such a security that recognizes exchange loss in an amount that exceeds the loss threshold amount applicable to that holder may be required to file Form 8886. Investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning any possible disclosure obligation they may have with respect to their investment in the securities that we are offering and should be aware that, should any material advisor determine that the return filing or investor list maintenance requirements apply to such a transaction, they would be required to comply with these requirements.
EU DIRECTIVE ON THE TAXATION OF SAVINGS INCOME
On July 1, 2005, a directive adopted by the European Union Council of Economic and Finance Ministers regarding the taxation of savings income payments came into effect. The directive obliges a member state of the European Union, (EU), to provide to the tax authorities of another EU member state details of payments of interest or other similar income payments made by a person (such as an issuer or paying agent) within its jurisdiction for the immediate benefit of an individual in that other EU member state (including certain payments secured for
79
their benefit). However, Austria, Belgium, and Luxembourg have opted out of the above reporting requirements and are instead applying a special withholding tax for a transitional period in relation to such payments of interest. The withholding tax will be imposed at the rate of 20% for payments from July 1, 2008 to June 30, 2011 and at the rate of 35% from July 1, 2011 onwards. Withholding tax is not applied if the individual presents a certificate in the required form from the tax authority of his or her EU member state of residence that confirms that the applicable tax authority is aware of the investment made abroad. This transitional period will terminate at the end of the first fiscal year following agreement by certain non-EU countries to the exchange of information relating to such payments.
Also with effect from July 1, 2005, a number of non-EU countries and certain dependent or associated territories of EU member states have adopted similar measures (either provision of information or transitional withholding) in relation to payments of interest or other similar income payments made by a person in that jurisdiction for the immediate benefit of an individual or to certain non-corporate entities in any EU member state. The EU member states have entered into reciprocal provision of information or transactional special withholding tax arrangements with certain of those dependent or associated territories. These apply in the same way as payments by persons in any EU member state to individuals of another EU member state.
On November 13, 2008, the European Commission proposed changes to the EU savings directive which extended its scope so that it applies to interest payments to certain intermediate persons or structures interposed between the person making the payment and the individual who is the beneficial owner of the interest. It is proposed that an EU member state intermediary that receives an interest payment be treated as a person making payment, so as to subject it to the exchange of information or withholding obligation in the EU savings directive. Further, it is proposed that an interest payment made to an intermediary established outside the EU be treated as a payment made directly to the individual beneficiary if the person making the payment knows that the individual beneficiary is EU resident.
80
We may sell the securities offered under this prospectus:
| through underwriters; |
| through dealers; |
| through agents; or |
| directly to purchasers. |
In addition, we may issue the securities as a dividend or distribution or in a subscription rights offering to our existing security holders.
The underwriters, dealers, or agents may include Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities Limited, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or any of our
other affiliates.
Each supplement relating to an offering of securities will state the terms of the offering, including:
| the names of any underwriters, dealers, or agents; |
| the public offering or purchase price of the offered securities and the net proceeds that we will receive from the sale; |
| any underwriting discounts and commissions or other items constituting underwriters compensation; |
| any discounts, commissions, or fees allowed or paid to dealers or agents; and |
| any securities exchange on which the offered securities may be listed. |
Distribution Through Underwriters
We may offer and sell securities from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the securities as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If we sell securities to underwriters, we will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the applicable supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from us in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of securities for whom they may act as agent. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the securities unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the securities, they will be required to purchase all of the offered securities. The underwriters may acquire the securities for their own account and may resell the securities from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or varying prices determined at the time of sale. The underwriters may sell the offered securities to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions, or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.
We may offer and sell securities from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered securities to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. We will set forth the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction in the applicable supplement.
81
We may offer and sell securities on a continuous basis through agents that become parties to an underwriting or distribution agreement. We will name any agent involved in the offer and sale, and describe any commissions payable by us in the applicable supplement. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable supplement, the agent will be acting on a best efforts basis during the appointment period.
We may sell directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters, as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, for any resale of the securities. We will describe the terms of any sales of this kind in the applicable supplement.
Underwriters, dealers, or agents participating in an offering of securities may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commissions received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the offered securities for whom they act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act of 1933.
We may offer to sell securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. Securities may be sold in connection with a remarketing after their purchase by one or more firms including our affiliates, acting as principal for their own accounts or as our agent.
In connection with an underwritten offering of the securities, the underwriters may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions and syndicate covering transactions in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a short position for the underwriters. The underwriters may enter bids for, and purchase, securities in the open market in order to stabilize the price of the securities. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. In addition, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the securities in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions, or otherwise. These activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. Those activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Ordinarily, each issue of securities will be a new issue, and there will be no established trading market for any security other than our common stock prior to its original issue date. We may not list any particular series of securities on a securities exchange or quotation system. Any underwriters to whom or agents through whom the offered securities are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered securities. However, any underwriters or agents that make a market will not be obligated to do so and may stop doing so at any time without notice. We cannot assure you that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered securities.
If we offer securities in a subscription rights offering to our existing security holders, we may enter into a standby underwriting agreement with dealers, acting as standby underwriters. We may pay the standby underwriters a commitment fee for the securities they commit to purchase on a standby basis. If we do not enter into a standby underwriting arrangement, we may retain a dealer-manager to manage a subscription rights offering for us.
Under agreements entered into with us, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make.
82
The offer and sale of any securities by Banc of America Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or any of our other affiliates that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, will comply with the requirements of Rule 2720 of the NASD Conduct Rules adopted by FINRA regarding a member firms offer and sale of securities of an affiliate. As required by Rule 2720, any such offer and sale will not be made to any discretionary account without the prior approval of the customer.
The maximum commission or discount to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 8% of the initial gross proceeds from the sale of any security being sold.
Although we expect that delivery of securities generally will be made against payment on or about the third business day following the date of any contract for sale, we may specify a longer settlement cycle in the applicable supplement. Under Rule 15c6-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to a trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, if we have specified a longer settlement cycle in the applicable supplement for an offering of securities, purchasers who wish to trade those securities on the date of the contract for sale, or on one or more of the next succeeding business days as we will specify in the applicable supplement, will be required, by virtue of the fact that those securities will settle in more than T+3, to specify an alternative settlement cycle at the time of the trade to prevent a failed settlement and should consult their own advisors in connection with that election.
The underwriters, agents and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with us and our subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.
Market-Making Transactions by Affiliates
Following the initial distribution of securities, our affiliates, including Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities Limited, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may buy and sell the securities in secondary market transactions as part of their business as broker-dealers. Resales of this kind may occur in the open market or may be privately negotiated, at prevailing market prices at the time of resale or at related or negotiated prices. This prospectus and any related supplements may be used by one or more of our affiliates in connection with these market-making transactions to the extent permitted by applicable law. Our affiliates may act as principal or agent in these transactions.
The aggregate initial offering price specified on the cover of the applicable supplement will relate to the initial offering of securities not yet issued as of the date of this prospectus. This amount does not include any securities to be sold in market-making transactions. The securities to be sold in market-making transactions include securities issued after the date of this prospectus.
Information about the trade and settlement dates, as well as the purchase price, for a market-making transaction will be provided to the purchaser in a separate confirmation of sale.
Unless we or our agent inform you in your confirmation of sale that the security is being purchased in its original offering and sale, you may assume that you are purchasing the security in a market-making transaction.
83
A fiduciary of a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), should consider the fiduciary standards of ERISA in the context of the ERISA plans particular circumstances before authorizing an investment in the offered securities of Bank of America. Among other factors, the fiduciary should consider whether such an investment is in accordance with the documents governing the ERISA plan and whether the investment is appropriate for the ERISA plan in view of its overall investment policy and diversification of its portfolio.
Certain provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), prohibit employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that are subject to Title I of ERISA, plans described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code (including, without limitation, retirement accounts and Keogh Plans), and entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plans investment in such entities (including, without limitation, as applicable, insurance company general accounts) (collectively, plans), from engaging in certain transactions involving plan assets with parties that are parties in interest under ERISA or disqualified persons under the Code with respect to the plan or entity. Governmental and other plans that are not subject to ERISA or to the Code may be subject to similar restrictions under state, federal or local law. Any employee benefit plan or other entity, to which such provisions of ERISA, the Code or similar law apply, proposing to acquire the offered securities should consult with its legal counsel.
Each of Bank of America and certain of its affiliates may be considered a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to many plans. As a result, a prohibited transaction may arise if the securities are acquired by or on behalf of a plan unless those securities are acquired and held pursuant to an available exemption.
The U.S. Department of Labor has issued five prohibited transaction class exemptions (PTCEs) that may provide exemptive relief for direct or indirect prohibited transactions resulting from the purchase or holding of these securities. Those class exemptions are PTCE 96-23 (for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), PTCE 95-60 (for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTCE 91-38 (for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds), PTCE 90-1 (for certain transactions involving insurance company separate accounts) and PTCE 84-14 (for certain transactions determined by independent qualified asset managers). In addition, ERISA Section 408(b)(17) and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide an exemption for the purchase and sale of securities and the related lending transactions, provided that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates has or exercises any discretionary authority or control or renders any investment advice with respect to the assets of any plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction (the so-called Service Provider Exemption). There can be no assurance that any of these class or statutory exemptions will be available with respect to transactions involving these securities.
Accordingly, unless otherwise provided in connection with a particular offering of securities, offered securities may not be purchased, held or disposed of by any plan or any other person investing plan assets of any plan that is subject to the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or other similar law, unless one of the following exemptions (or a similar exemption or exception) applies to such purchase, holding, and disposition: the Service Provider Exemption, PTCE 96-23, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 90-1, or PTCE 84-14.
Unless otherwise provided in connection with a particular offering of securities, any purchaser of the offered securities or any interest therein will be deemed to have represented
84
and warranted to Bank of America on each day including the date of its purchase of the offered securities through and including the date of disposition of such offered securities that either:
(a) | it is not a plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and is not purchasing such securities or interest therein on behalf of, or with plan assets of, any such plan; |
(b) | its purchase, holding, and disposition of such securities are not and will not be prohibited because they are exempted by the Service Provider Exemption or one or more of the following prohibited transaction exemptions: PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 or 84-14; or |
(c) | it is a governmental plan (as defined in section 3 of ERISA) or other plan that is not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and its purchase, holding, and disposition of such securities are not otherwise prohibited. |
Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed upon persons involved in prohibited transactions, it is important that any person considering the purchase of the offered securities with plan assets consult with its counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Code, or other similar law, of the acquisition and ownership of offered securities and the availability of exemptive relief under the class exemptions listed above. The sale of the securities of Bank of America to a plan is in no respect a representation by Bank of America or the underwriters that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by plans generally or any particular plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for plans generally or any particular plan.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC covering the securities to be offered and sold using this prospectus. You should refer to this registration statement and its exhibits for additional information about us. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Because the prospectus may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents, which we have included as exhibits to the registration statement.
We file annual, quarterly, and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document that we file with the SEC at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You also may inspect our filings over the Internet at the SECs website, www.sec.gov. The reports and other information we file with the SEC also are available at our website, www.bankofamerica.com. We have included the SECs web address and our web address as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this prospectus, information on those websites is not part of this prospectus.
You also can inspect reports and other information we file at the offices of The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, 17th Floor, New York, New York 10005.
The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference the information we file with it. This means that:
| incorporated documents are considered part of this prospectus; |
| we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents; and |
| information that we file with the SEC automatically will update and supersede this incorporated information and information in this prospectus. |
85
We incorporate by reference the documents listed below which were filed with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
| our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008; |
| our current reports on Form 8-K or Form 8-K/A filed January 2, 2009, January 7, 2009, January 13, 2009, January 16, 2009, January 22, 2009, January 28, 2009, February 3, 2009 (two filings), February 25, 2009, March 3, 2009, March 12, 2009, and April 20, 2009 (two filings) (in each case, other than information that is furnished but deemed not to have been filed); and |
| the description of our common stock which is contained in our registration statement filed under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as modified by our current report on Form 8-K filed April 20, 2009. |
We also incorporate by reference reports that we will file under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on or after the date of this prospectus, but not any information that we may furnish but that is not deemed to be filed.
You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial position, and results of operations may have changed since that date.
You may request a copy of any filings referred to above (excluding exhibits), at no cost, by contacting us at the following address:
Bank of America Corporation
Corporate Treasury Division
NC1-007-07-06
100 North Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
(704) 386-5681
E-mail: securities.administration@bankofamerica.com
We have included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and the accompanying supplements statements that may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may find these statements by looking for words such as plan, believe, expect, intend, anticipate, estimate, project, potential, possible, or other similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as will, should, would, and could.
All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. As a large, international financial services company, we face risks that are inherent in the businesses and market places in which we operate. Information regarding important factors that could cause our future financial performance to vary from that described in our forward-looking statements is contained in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus, under the captions Item 1A. Risk Factors, and Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as those discussed in our subsequent filings that are incorporated in this prospectus by reference. See Where You Can Find More Information above for information about how to obtain a copy of our annual report.
You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the dates they are made.
86
All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
The legality of the securities being registered will be passed upon for us by McGuireWoods LLP, Charlotte, North Carolina, and for the underwriters or agents by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York. McGuireWoods LLP regularly performs legal services for us. Some members of McGuireWoods LLP performing those legal services own shares of our common stock.
Our consolidated financial statements and managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in the Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting) incorporated in this prospectus by reference to our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The consolidated financial statements of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (Merrill Lynch) incorporated in this prospectus by reference from the Bank of America Corporation current report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2009, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the changes in accounting methods in 2007 relating to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115, and FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 and Merrill Lynch becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation on January 1, 2009). Such consolidated financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
87